Semtech GS2971-IBE3 3gb/s, hd, sd sdi receiver, with integrated adaptive cable equalizer complete with smpte audio and video processing Datasheet

GS2971
3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver, with Integrated Adaptive Cable Equalizer complete
with SMPTE Audio and Video Processing
Key Features
Applications
•
Operation at 2.97Gb/s, 2.97/1.001Gb/s, 1.485Gb/s,
1.485/1.001Gb/s and 270Mb/s
•
Supports SMPTE 425M (Level A and Level B), SMPTE
424M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M-C and DVB-ASI
•
Integrated adaptive cable equalizer
•
Typical equalized length of Belden 1694A cable:
Application: Single Link (3G-SDI)
to Dual Link (HD-SDI) Converter
10-bit
HD-SDI
GS2962/72
Link A
HV F/PCLK
GS2971
3G-SDI
HV F/PCLK
Š 150m at 2.97Gb/s
10-bit
HD-SDI
GS2962/72
Link B
Š 250m at 1.485Gb/s
Š 480m at 270Mb/s
•
Integrated Reclocker with low phase noise, integrated
VCO
•
Serial digital reclocked, or non-reclocked output
•
Integrated audio de-embedder for 8 channels of 48kHz
audio
•
Integrated audio clock generator
•
•
AES - OUT
Speakers
AUDIO 1/2
Ancillary data extraction
AUDIO 7/8
Parallel data bus selectable as either 20-bit or 10-bit
•
Comprehensive error detection and correction
features
•
Output H, V, F or CEA 861 Timing Signals
•
1.2V digital core power supply, 1.2V and 3.3V analog
power supplies, and selectable 1.8V or 3.3V I/O power
supply
•
Low power operation (typically 545mW)
10-bit
Small 11mm x 11mm 100-ball BGA package
•
Pb-free and ROHS compliant
Video
Processor
HV F/PCLK
Display
CTRL/TIMECODE
10-bit bit SD Bypass
Memory
10-bit
10-bit
SD/HS/3G-SDI
Video
Downconverter &
Aspect Ratio
Conversion
GS2971
HV F/PCLK
AE S 1/2
AE S 3/4
•
DAC
GS2971
Application: Multi-format Downconverter
GSPI Host Interface
-20ºC to +85ºC operating temperature range
Audio
Selector
AUDIO 5/6
Audio Clocks
3G-SDI
Optional conversion from SMPTE 425M Level B to
Level A for 1080p 50/60 4:2:2 10-bit
•
DAC
AUDIO 3/4
•
•
Application: 1080p50/60 Monitor
AE S 5/6
AE S 7/8
Analog
Sync
HD/SD
Serializer
(GS1582,
GS2972)
SD-SDI
AE S 1/2
Audio
Processing
& Delay
AE S 3/4
AE S 5/6
AE S 7/8
Audio Clocks
Sync
Seperator
GS4901
HV F/PCLK
Errata
Refer to Errata document entitled GS2970/GS2971 Errata
for this device (document number 53092).
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
www.semtech.com
1 of 148
The device features an Integrated Reclocker with an
internal VCO and a wide Input Jitter Tolerance (IJT) of 0.7UI.
Application: Multi-input Video Monitoring System
3G-SDI
Input 1
10-bit
GS2971
3G-SDI
Input 2
Video
Output
HV F/PCLK
Video
Formatter
10-bit
DVI/
VGA DAC
HV/DE/PCLK
GS2971
3G-SDI
Input n
HV F/PCLK
Video
Memory
On Screen
Display
Generator
10-bit
GS2971
The device operates in one of four basic modes: SMPTE
mode, DVB-ASI mode, Data-Through mode or Standby
mode.
HV F/PCLK
AE S OUT 1/2
AE S BUS
Analog
Sync
Audio
Select
Audio
Processor
A serial digital loop-through output is provided, which can
be configured to output either reclocked or non-reclocked
serial digital data. The serial digital output can be connected
to an external cable driver.
AE S OUT 3/4
AE S OUT 5/6
AE S OUT 7/8
HV F/PCLK
Sync
Seperator
GS4911
In SMPTE mode (the default operating mode), the GS2971
performs full SMPTE processing, and features a number of
data integrity checks and measurement capabilities.
Audio Clocks
Application: Multi-format Audio De-embedder Module
10-bit
GS2962
SD/HD/3G-SDI
P CLK
SD/HD/3G-SDI
GS2971
AUDIO 1/ 2
AUDIO 3/ 4
AUDIO 5/ 6
AUDIO 7/ 8
Audio Clocks
Switch
Logic
&
Drivers
AES
Audio
Outputs
DAC
Analog
Audio
Outputs
The device also supports ancillary data extraction, and can
provide entire ancillary data packets through
host-accessible registers. It also provides a variety of other
packet detection and error handling features. All of these
processing features are optional, and may be individually
enabled or disabled through register programming.
Both SMPTE 425M Level A and Level B inputs are supported
with optional conversion from Level B to Level A for 1080p
50/59.94/60 4:2:2 10-bit inputs.
In DVB-ASI mode, sync word detection, alignment and
8b/10b decoding is applied to the received data stream.
Application: Multi-format Digital VTR/Video Server
V ideo Output
10-bit
HV F /P CLK
SD/HD/3G-SDI
GS2971
Video
Processor
Storage:
Tape/HDD/Solid State
AUDIO 1/ 2
AUDIO 3/ 4
AUDIO 5/ 6
AUDIO 7/ 8
Audio
Processor
Audio Clocks
Audio Outputs
Description
The GS2971 is a multi-rate SDI integrated Receiver which
includes complete SMPTE processing, as per SMPTE 425M,
292M and SMPTE 259M-C. The SMPTE processing features
can be bypassed to support signals with other coding
schemes.
The GS2971 integrates Gennum's adaptive cable equalizer
technology, achieving unprecedented cable lengths and
jitter tolerance. It features DC restoration to compensate for
the DC content of SMPTE pathological signals.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
In Data-Through mode all forms of SMPTE and DVB-ASI
processing are disabled, and the device can be used as a
simple serial to parallel converter.
The device can also operate in a lower power Standby
mode. In this mode, no signal processing is carried out and
the parallel output is held static.
Parallel data outputs are provided in 20-bit or 10-bit format
for 3Gb/s, HD and SD video rates, with a variety of mapping
options. As such, this parallel bus can interface directly with
video processor ICs, and output data can be multiplexed
onto 10 bits for a low pin count interface.
Up to eight channels (two audio groups) of serial digital
audio may be extracted from the video data stream, in
accordance with SMPTE 272M-C and SMPTE 299M.
The output audio formats supported by the device include
AES/EBU and I2S, and two other industry standard serial
digital formats. A variety of audio processing features are
provided to ease implementation. Audio clocks are
internally generated and provided by the device.
2 of 148
Crystal
Buffer/
Oscillator
GSPI and
JTAG Controller
CORE_VDD
CORE_GND
IO_VDD
IO_GND
DVB_ASI
RESET_TRST
STANDBY
IOPROC_EN/DIS
SMPTE_BYPASS
20BIT/10BIT
TIM861
SW_EN
AUDIO_EN/DIS
AOUT_1/2
AOUT_3/4
AOUT_5/6
AOUT_7/8
ACLK
AMCLK
WCLK
SDIN_TDI
SCLK_TCLK
CS_TMS
SDOUT_TDO
JTAG/HOST
XTAL_OUT
XTAL1
XTAL2
VCO_VDD
VCO_GND
PLL_VDD
PLL_GND
Functional Block Diagram
Host
Interface
VBG
LB_CONT
LF
SDI
EQ
Reclocker
with
Integrated
VCO
Buffer
SDI
Serial
to
Parallel
Converter
Descramble,
Word Align,
Rate Detect
Flywheel
Video
Standard
Detect
TRS
Detect
Timing
Extraction
Audio
De-Embedder,
Audio Clock
Generation
ANC/
Checksum
/352M
Extraction
SMPTE 425M
Level B
Level A
1080p 50/60
4:2:2 10-bit
Illegal code
remap,
TRS/
Line Number/
CRS
Insertion,
EDH Packet
Insertion
PCLK
Output Mux/
Demux
DOUT[19:0]
Mux
AGCP
AGCN
V/VSync
H/HSync
LOCKED
Error Flags
Mux
F/De
YANC/CANC
Buffer
Rate_det[1:0]
DVB-ASI
Decoder
SDO
SDO
LOCKED
EQ_VDD
EQ_GND
A_VDD
A_GND
BUFF_VDD
BUFF_GND
RC_BYP
SDO_EN/DIS
I/O Control
GS2971 Functional Block Diagram
Revision History
Version
ECR
PCN
Date
2
158468
–
September 2012
Changes throughout the document.
1
153143
53865
November 2009
Added reference to GS2970/GS2971 Errata (document
number 53092). Converted to Data Sheet.
0
152386
–
September 2009
Added Maximum Power numbers to Table 2-3: DC
Electrical Characteristics.
C
151887
–
June 2009
Conversion to Preliminary Data Sheet. Corrections to
Timing Diagrams in Figure 4-5, Figure 4-6 and Figure 4-7.
Clarification to Section 4.18.8. Updates to all sections.
B
151698
–
April 2009
Updated equalized cable lengths and power numbers in
Key Features, Table 2-4: AC Electrical Characteristics and
Section 4.3.1.
A
146466
–
February 2009
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
Changes and/or Modifications
New Document.
3 of 148
Contents
Key Features ........................................................................................................................................................1
Errata......................................................................................................................................................................1
Applications.........................................................................................................................................................1
Description...........................................................................................................................................................2
Functional Block Diagram ..............................................................................................................................3
Revision History .................................................................................................................................................3
1. Pin Out...............................................................................................................................................................9
1.1 Pin Assignment ..................................................................................................................................9
1.2 Pin Descriptions ................................................................................................................................9
2. Electrical Characteristics ......................................................................................................................... 17
2.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings ....................................................................................................... 17
2.2 Recommended Operating Conditions .................................................................................... 17
2.3 DC Electrical Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 18
2.4 AC Electrical Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 20
3. Input/Output Circuits ............................................................................................................................... 26
4. Detailed Description.................................................................................................................................. 29
4.1 Functional Overview .................................................................................................................... 29
4.2 SMPTE 425M Mapping - 3G Level A and Level B Formats ............................................... 30
4.2.1 Level A Mapping................................................................................................................ 30
4.2.2 Level B Mapping ................................................................................................................ 30
4.3 Serial Digital Input ........................................................................................................................ 31
4.3.1 Integrated Adaptive Cable Equalizer.......................................................................... 31
4.4 Serial Digital Loop-Through Output ........................................................................................ 32
4.5 Serial Digital Reclocker ............................................................................................................... 33
4.5.1 PLL Loop Bandwidth ........................................................................................................ 33
4.6 External Crystal/Reference Clock ........................................................................................... 34
4.7 Lock Detect ...................................................................................................................................... 35
4.7.1 Asynchronous Lock .......................................................................................................... 35
4.7.2 Signal Interruption............................................................................................................ 36
4.8 SMPTE Functionality .................................................................................................................... 36
4.8.1 Descrambling and Word Alignment ........................................................................... 36
4.9 Parallel Data Outputs ................................................................................................................... 37
4.9.1 Parallel Data Bus Buffers................................................................................................. 37
4.9.2 Parallel Output in SMPTE Mode ................................................................................... 40
4.9.3 Parallel Output in DVB-ASI Mode ............................................................................... 40
4.9.4 Parallel Output in Data-Through Mode ..................................................................... 41
4.9.5 Parallel Output Clock (PCLK)......................................................................................... 41
4.9.6 DDR Parallel Clock Timing ............................................................................................. 42
4.10 Timing Signal Generator ........................................................................................................... 43
4.10.1 Manual Switch Line Lock Handling.......................................................................... 44
4.10.2 Automatic Switch Line Lock Handling .................................................................... 45
4.10.3 Switch Line Lock Handling During Level B to Level A Conversion ............... 45
4.11 Programmable Multi-function Outputs ............................................................................... 48
4.12 H:V:F Timing Signal Generation ............................................................................................ 49
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
4 of 148
4.12.1 CEA-861 Timing Generation ....................................................................................... 51
4.13 Automatic Video Standards Detection ................................................................................ 59
4.14 Data Format Detection & Indication ..................................................................................... 62
4.15 EDH Detection .............................................................................................................................. 63
4.15.1 EDH Packet Detection ................................................................................................... 63
4.15.2 EDH Flag Detection ........................................................................................................ 63
4.16 Video Signal Error Detection & Indication ......................................................................... 64
4.16.1 TRS Error Detection........................................................................................................ 65
4.16.2 Line Based CRC Error Detection ................................................................................ 66
4.16.3 EDH CRC Error Detection............................................................................................. 66
4.16.4 HD & 3G Line Number Error Detection ................................................................... 66
4.17 Ancillary Data Detection & Indication ................................................................................. 67
4.17.1 Programmable Ancillary Data Detection................................................................ 68
4.17.2 SMPTE 352M Payload Identifier ................................................................................ 69
4.17.3 Ancillary Data Checksum Error ................................................................................. 70
4.17.4 Video Standard Error..................................................................................................... 71
4.18 Signal Processing ......................................................................................................................... 72
4.18.1 TRS Correction & Insertion........................................................................................... 73
4.18.2 Line Based CRC Correction & Insertion ................................................................... 73
4.18.3 Line Number Error Correction & Insertion ............................................................. 73
4.18.4 ANC Data Checksum Error Correction & Insertion ............................................. 73
4.18.5 EDH CRC Correction & Insertion ............................................................................... 73
4.18.6 Illegal Word Re-mapping ............................................................................................. 74
4.18.7 TRS and Ancillary Data Preamble Remapping...................................................... 74
4.18.8 Ancillary Data Extraction............................................................................................. 74
4.18.9 Level B to Level A Conversion .................................................................................... 78
4.19 Audio De-embedder ................................................................................................................... 79
4.19.1 Serial Audio Data I/O Signals...................................................................................... 79
4.19.2 Serial Audio Data Format Support ............................................................................ 81
4.19.3 Audio Processing............................................................................................................. 85
4.19.4 Error Reporting ................................................................................................................ 91
4.20 GSPI - HOST Interface ................................................................................................................ 92
4.20.1 Command Word Description ...................................................................................... 92
4.20.2 Data Read or Write Access........................................................................................... 93
4.20.3 GSPI Timing....................................................................................................................... 94
4.21 Host Interface Register Maps .................................................................................................. 96
4.21.1 Video Core Registers...................................................................................................... 96
4.21.2 SD Audio Core Registers............................................................................................. 109
4.21.3 HD and 3G Audio Core Registers............................................................................. 124
4.22 JTAG Test Operation ................................................................................................................ 139
4.23 Device Power-up ....................................................................................................................... 141
4.24 Device Reset ................................................................................................................................ 141
4.25 Standby Mode ............................................................................................................................ 141
5. Application Reference Design ............................................................................................................. 142
5.1 High Gain Adaptive Cable Equalizers .................................................................................. 142
5.2 PCB Layout ..................................................................................................................................... 142
5.3 Typical Application Circuit ......................................................................................................143
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
5 of 148
6. References & Relevant Standards ....................................................................................................... 144
7. Package & Ordering Information ........................................................................................................ 145
7.1 Package Dimensions ................................................................................................................... 145
7.2 Packaging Data ............................................................................................................................. 146
7.3 Marking Diagram ......................................................................................................................... 146
7.4 Solder Reflow Profiles ................................................................................................................ 147
7.5 Ordering Information ................................................................................................................. 147
List of Figures
Figure 3-1: Digital Input Pin with Schmitt Trigger............................................................................... 26
Figure 3-2: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output Pin.............................................................................. 26
Figure 3-3: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output Pin with programmable drive strength......... 27
Figure 3-4: XTAL1/XTAL2/XTAL-OUT ................................................................................................... 27
Figure 3-5: VBG .............................................................................................................................................. 27
Figure 3-6: LB_CONT .................................................................................................................................... 28
Figure 3-7: Loop Filter .................................................................................................................................. 28
Figure 3-8: SDO/SDO .................................................................................................................................... 28
Figure 3-9: Equalizer Input Equivalent Circuit .................................................................................... 28
Figure 4-1: Level A Mapping ...................................................................................................................... 30
Figure 4-2: Level B Mapping ...................................................................................................................... 31
Figure 4-3: GS2971 Integrated EQ Block Diagram ............................................................................. 32
Figure 4-4: 27MHz Clock Sources ............................................................................................................ 34
Figure 4-5: PCLK to Data and Control Signal Output Timing - SDR Mode 1 .............................. 37
Figure 4-6: PCLK to Data and Control Signal Output Timing - SDR Mode 2 .............................. 38
Figure 4-7: PCLK to Data and Control Signal Output Timing - DDR Mode ................................. 39
Figure 4-8: DDR Video Interface .............................................................................................................. 42
Figure 4-9: Delay Adjustment Ranges .................................................................................................... 43
Figure 4-10: Switch Line Locking on a Non-Standard Switch Line ............................................... 44
Figure 4-11: H:V:F Output Timing - 3G Level A and HDTV 20-bit Mode .................................... 49
Figure 4-12: H:V:F Output Timing - 3G Level A and HDTV 10-bit Mode
3G Level B 20-bit Mode, each 10-bit stream ......................................................................................... 49
Figure 4-13: H:V:F Output Timing - 3G Level B 10-bit Mode .......................................................... 50
Figure 4-14: H:V:F Output Timing - HD 20-bit Output Mode ......................................................... 50
Figure 4-15: H:V:F Output Timing - HD 10-bit Output Mode ......................................................... 50
Figure 4-16: H:V:F Output Timing - SD 20-bit Output Mode .......................................................... 50
Figure 4-17: H:V:F Output Timing - SD 10-bit Output Mode .......................................................... 50
Figure 4-18: H:V:DE Output Timing 1280 x 720p @ 59.94/60 (Format 4) ................................... 52
Figure 4-19: H:V:DE Output Timing 1920 x 1080i @ 59.94/60 (Format 5) ................................. 53
Figure 4-20: H:V:DE Output Timing 720 (1440) x 480i @ 59.94/60 (Format 6&7) .................... 54
Figure 4-21: H:V:DE Output Timing 1280 x 720p @ 50 (Format 19) ............................................. 54
Figure 4-22: H:V:DE Output Timing 1920 x 1080i @ 50 (Format 20) ........................................... 55
Figure 4-23: H:V:DE Output Timing 720 (1440) x 576 @ 50 (Format 21 & 22) ........................... 56
Figure 4-24: H:V:DE Output Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 59.94/60 (Format 16) .............................. 56
Figure 4-25: H:V:DE Output Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 50 (Format 31) .......................................... 57
Figure 4-26: H:V:DE Output Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 23.94/24 (Format 32) .............................. 57
Figure 4-27: H:V:DE Output Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 25 (Format 33) .......................................... 58
Figure 4-28: H:V:DE Output Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 29.97/30 (Format 34) .............................. 58
Figure 4-29: Y/1ANC and C/2ANC Signal Timing .............................................................................. 68
Figure 4-30: Ancillary Data Extraction - Step A .................................................................................. 75
Figure 4-31: Ancillary Data Extraction - Step B ................................................................................... 76
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
6 of 148
Figure 4-32: Ancillary Data Extraction - Step C .................................................................................. 76
Figure 4-33: Ancillary Data Extraction - Step D .................................................................................. 77
Figure 4-34: ACLK to Data Signal Output Timing ............................................................................... 80
Figure 4-35: I2S Audio Output Format .................................................................................................... 81
Figure 4-36: AES/EBU Audio Output Format ....................................................................................... 81
Figure 4-37: Serial Audio, Left Justified, MSB First ............................................................................. 82
Figure 4-38: Serial Audio, Left Justified, LSB First .............................................................................. 82
Figure 4-39: Serial Audio, Right Justified, MSB First .......................................................................... 82
Figure 4-40: Serial Audio, Right Justified, LSB First ........................................................................... 82
Figure 4-41: AES/EBU Audio Output to Bit Clock Timing ................................................................ 82
Figure 4-42: ECC 24-bit Array and Examples ...................................................................................... 85
Figure 4-43: Sample Distribution over 5 Video Frames (525-line Systems) ............................... 86
Figure 4-44: Audio Buffer After Initial 26 Sample Write .................................................................. 87
Figure 4-45: Audio Buffer Pointer Boundary Checking .................................................................... 87
Figure 4-46: GSPI Application Interface Connection ........................................................................ 92
Figure 4-47: Command Word Format ..................................................................................................... 92
Figure 4-48: Data Word Format ................................................................................................................ 93
Figure 4-49: Write Mode .............................................................................................................................. 94
Figure 4-50: Read Mode ............................................................................................................................... 94
Figure 4-51: GSPI Time Delay .................................................................................................................... 94
Figure 4-52: In-Circuit JTAG .................................................................................................................... 140
Figure 4-53: System JTAG ......................................................................................................................... 140
Figure 4-54: Reset Pulse ............................................................................................................................. 141
Figure 7-55: Pb-free Solder Reflow Profile .......................................................................................... 147
List of Tables
Table 1-1: Pin Descriptions ............................................................................................................................ 9
Table 2-1: Absolute Maximum Ratings................................................................................................... 17
Table 2-2: Recommended Operating Conditions................................................................................ 17
Table 2-3: DC Electrical Characteristics ................................................................................................. 18
Table 2-4: AC Electrical Characteristics ................................................................................................. 20
Table 4-1: Serial Digital Output................................................................................................................. 32
Table 4-2: PLL Loop Bandwidth ................................................................................................................ 33
Table 4-3: Input Clock Requirements...................................................................................................... 34
Table 4-4: Lock Detect Conditions............................................................................................................ 35
Table 4-5: GS2971 Output Video Data Format Selections................................................................ 39
Table 4-6: GS2971 PCLK Output Rates ................................................................................................... 41
Table 4-7: Switch Line Position for Digital Systems ........................................................................... 46
Table 4-8: Output Signals Available on Programmable Multi-Function Pins............................ 48
Table 4-9: Supported CEA-861 Formats................................................................................................. 51
Table 4-10: CEA861 Timing Formats....................................................................................................... 52
Table 4-11: Supported Video Standard Codes ..................................................................................... 59
Table 4-12: Data Format Register Codes ................................................................................................ 62
Table 4-13: Error Status Register and Error Mask Register .............................................................. 65
Table 4-14: SMPTE 352M Packet Data .................................................................................................... 70
Table 4-15: IOPROC_DISABLE Register Bits ......................................................................................... 72
Table 4-16: Serial Audio Pin Descriptions ............................................................................................. 79
Table 4-17: Audio Output Formats........................................................................................................... 81
Table 4-18: Audio Data Packet Detect Register ................................................................................... 83
Table 4-19: Audio Group DID Host Interface Settings....................................................................... 84
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
7 of 148
Table 4-20: Audio Data and Control Packet DID Setting Register................................................. 84
Table 4-21: Audio Buffer Pointer Offset Settings ................................................................................ 88
Table 4-22: Audio Channel Mapping Codes ......................................................................................... 88
Table 4-23: Audio Sample Word Lengths .............................................................................................. 89
Table 4-24: Audio Channel Status Information Registers ................................................................ 90
Table 4-25: Audio Channel Status Block for Regenerate Mode Default Settings ..................... 90
Table 4-26: Audio Mute Control Bits ....................................................................................................... 91
Table 4-27: GSPI Time Delay...................................................................................................................... 94
Table 4-28: GSPI Timing Parameters (50% levels; 3.3V or 1.8V operation) ................................ 95
Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration and Status Registers............................................................ 96
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers................................................... 109
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers .................................. 124
Table 4-32: ANC Extraction FIFO Access Registers.......................................................................... 139
Table 7-1: Packaging Data......................................................................................................................... 146
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
8 of 148
1. Pin Out
1.1 Pin Assignment
1
2
A
VBG
LF
B
A_VDD
C
D
E
3
4
5
6
7
8
LB_CONT
VCO_
VDD
STAT0
STAT1
IO_VDD
PCLK
PLL_
VDD
RSV
VCO_
GND
STAT2
STAT3 IO_GND DOUT19 DOUT16 DOUT15
SDI
A_GND
PLL_
VDD
PLL_
VDD
STAT4
STAT5
RESET
DOUT12 DOUT14 DOUT13
_TRST
SDI
A_GND
A_GND
PLL_
GND
CORE
_GND
CORE
_VDD
SW_EN
EQ_VDD EQ_GND A_GND
PLL_
GND
CORE
_GND
CORE
_VDD
SDOUT_ SDIN_
TDO
TDI
A_GND
PLL_
GND
CORE
_GND
CORE
_VDD
CORE
_GND
CORE
_GND
CS_
TMS
9
10
DOUT18 DOUT17
JTAG/
IO_GND IO_VDD
HOST
SCLK_
TCK
DOUT10 DOUT11
F
AGCP
G
AGCN
A_GND RC_BYP
CORE
_VDD
SMPTE_
DVB_ASI IO_GND IO_VDD
BYPASS
H
BUFF_
VDD
XTAL_
BUFF_ AUDIO_
WCLK TIM_861
OUT
GND
EN/DIS
20bit/ IOPROC_
DOUT6 DOUT7
10bit
EN/DIS
J
SDO
SDO_
EN/DIS
AOUT
_1/2
ACLK
AOUT
_5/6
XTAL2 IO_GND DOUT1 DOUT4 DOUT5
K
SDO
STANDBY
AOUT
_3/4
AMCLK
AOUT
_7/8
XTAL1 IO_VDD DOUT0 DOUT2 DOUT3
RSV
DOUT8 DOUT9
1.2 Pin Descriptions
Table 1-1: Pin Descriptions
Pin
Number
Name
A1
VBG
Analog Input
Band Gap voltage filter connection.
A2
LF
Analog Input
Loop Filter component connection.
A3
LB_CONT
Analog Input
Connection for loop bandwidth control resistor.
A4
VCO_VDD
Input Power
POWER pin for the VCO. Connect to a 1.2V±5% analog supply
followed by a RC filter (see 5. Application Reference Design). A
105Ω 1% resistor must be used in the RC filter circuit. VCO_VDD is
nominally 0.7V.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
Timing
Type
Description
9 of 148
Table 1-1: Pin Descriptions (Continued)
Pin
Number
Name
A5, A6, B5,
B6, C5, C6
STAT[0:5]
Timing
Type
Output
Description
MULTI-FUNCTIONAL OUTPUT PORT.
Please refer to the Output Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
Each of the STAT [0:5] pins can be configured individually to output
one of the following signals:
Signal
H/HSYNC
V/VSYNC
F/DE
LOCKED
Y/1ANC
C/2ANC
DATA ERROR
VIDEO ERROR
AUDIO ERROR
EDH DETECTED
CARRIER DETECT
RATE_DET0
RATE_DET1
A7, D10,
G10, K7
IO_VDD
Input Power
A8
PCLK
Output
Default
STAT0
STAT1
STAT2
STAT3
STAT4
−
STAT5
−
−
−
−
−
−
POWER connection for digital I/O. Connect to 3.3V or 1.8V DC
digital.
PARALLEL DATA BUS CLOCK
Please refer to the Output Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
3G 10-bit or 20-bit mode
PCLK @ 148.5 or 148.5/1.001MHz
HD 10-bit mode
PCLK @ 148.5 or 148.5/1.001MHz
HD 20-bit mode
PCLK @ 74.25 or 74.25/1.001MHz
SD 10-bit mode
PCLK @ 27MHz
SD 20-bit mode
PCLK @ 13.5MHz
10 of 148
Table 1-1: Pin Descriptions (Continued)
Pin
Number
Name
A9, A10, B8,
B9, B10,C8,
C9, C10, E9,
E10
DOUT18, 17, 19,
16, 15, 12, 14, 13,
10, 11
Timing
Type
Output
Description
PARALLEL DATA BUS
Please refer to the Output Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
20-bit mode
20bit/10bit = HIGH
SMPTE mode (SMPTE_BYPASS = HIGH
and DVB_ASI = LOW):
Luma data output for SD and HD data
rates; Data Stream 1 for 3G data rate
DVB-ASI mode (SMPTE_BYPASS = LOW
and DVB_ASI = HIGH):
Not defined
Data-Through mode (SMPTE_BYPASS =
LOW and DVB_ASI = LOW):
Data output
10-bit mode
20bit/10bit = LOW
SMPTE mode (SMPTE_BYPASS = HIGH
and DVB_ASI = LOW):
Multiplexed Luma/Chroma data output
for SD and HD data rates; Multiplexed
Data Stream 1&2 for 3G data rate
DVB-ASI mode (SMPTE_BYPASS = LOW
and DVB_ASI = HIGH):
8b/10b decoded DVB-ASI data
Data-Through mode (SMPTE_BYPASS =
LOW and DVB_ASI = LOW):
Data output
B1
A_VDD
Input Power
POWER pin for analog circuitry. Connect to 3.3V DC analog.
B2, C3, C4
PLL_VDD
Input Power
POWER pins for the Reclocker PLL. Connect to 1.2V DC analog.
B3, F2
RSV
B4
VCO_GND
Input Power
GND pin for the VCO. Connect to analog GND.
B7, D9, G9,
J7
IO_GND
Input Power
GND connection for digital I/O. Connect to digital GND.
C1, D1
SDI, SDI
Analog Input
Serial Digital Differential Input.
C2, D2, D3,
E3, F3, G2
A_GND
Input Power
GND pins for sensitive analog circuitry. Connect to analog GND.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
These pins must be left unconnected.
11 of 148
Table 1-1: Pin Descriptions (Continued)
Pin
Number
Name
C7
RESET_TRST
Timing
Type
Description
Input
CONTROL SIGNAL INPUT
Please refer to the Input Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
Used to reset the internal operating conditions to default settings
and to reset the JTAG sequence.
Normal mode (JTAG/HOST = LOW):
When LOW, all functional blocks are set to default conditions and
all digital output signals become high impedance.
When HIGH, normal operation of the device resumes.
JTAG test mode (JTAG/HOST = HIGH):
When LOW, all functional blocks are set to default and the JTAG test
sequence is reset.
When HIGH, normal operation of the JTAG test sequence resumes
after RESET_TRST is de-asserted.
D4, E4, F4
PLL_GND
Input Power
GND pins for the Reclocker PLL. Connect to analog GND.
D5, E5, F5,
G4, G5
CORE_GND
Input Power
GND connection for device core. Connect to digital GND.
D6, E6, F6,
G6
CORE_VDD
Input Power
POWER connection for device core. Connect to 1.2V DC digital.
D7
SW_EN
Input
CONTROL SIGNAL INPUT
Please refer to the Input Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
Used to enable switch-line locking, as described in Section 4.10.1.
D8
JTAG/HOST
Input
CONTROL SIGNAL INPUT
Please refer to the Input Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
Used to select JTAG test mode or host interface mode.
When JTAG/HOST is HIGH, the host interface port is configured for
JTAG test.
When JTAG/HOST is LOW, normal operation of the host interface
port resumes.
E1
EQ_VDD
Input Power
POWER pin for SDI buffer. Connect to 3.3V DC analog.
E2
EQ_GND
Input Power
GND pin for SDI buffer. Connect to analog GND.
E7
SDOUT_TDO
Output
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL OUTPUT
Please refer to the Output Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
GSPI serial data output/test data out.
In JTAG mode (JTAG/HOST = HIGH), this pin is used to shift test
results from the device.
In host interface mode, this pin is used to read status and
configuration data from the device.
Note: GSPI is slightly different than the SPI. For more details on GSPI,
please refer to 4.20 GSPI - HOST Interface.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
12 of 148
Table 1-1: Pin Descriptions (Continued)
Pin
Number
Name
E8
SDIN_TDI
Timing
Type
Description
Input
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL INPUT
Please refer to the Input Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
GSPI serial data in/test data in.
In JTAG mode (JTAG/HOST = HIGH), this pin is used to shift test data
into the device.
In host interface mode, this pin is used to write address and
configuration data words into the device.
F1, G1
AGCP, AGCN
F7
CS_TMS
Automatic Gain Control for the equalizer. Attach the AGC capacitor
between these pins.
Input
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL INPUT
Please refer to the Input Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
Chip select / test mode start.
In JTAG mode (JTAG/HOST = HIGH), this pin is Test Mode Start, used
to control the operation of the JTAG test.
In host interface mode (JTAG/HOST = LOW), this pin operates as the
host interface chip select and is active LOW.
F8
SCLK_TCK
Input
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL INPUT
Please refer to the Input Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
Serial data clock signal.
In JTAG mode (JTAG/HOST = HIGH), this pin is the JTAG clock.
In host interface mode (JTAG/HOST = LOW), this pin is the host
interface serial bit clock.
All JTAG/host interface addresses and data are shifted into/out of
the device synchronously with this clock.
F9, F10, H9,
H10, J8, J9,
J10, K8, K9,
K10
DOUT8, 9, 6, 7, 1,
4, 5, 0, 2, 3
Output
PARALLEL DATA BUS
Please refer to the Output Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
20-bit mode
20bit/10bit = HIGH
SMPTE mode (SMPTE_BYPASS = HIGH
and DVB_ASI = LOW):
Chroma data output for SD and HD
data rates; Data Stream 2 for 3G data
rate
DVB-ASI mode (SMPTE_BYPASS = LOW
and DVB_ASI = HIGH):
Not defined
Data-Through mode (SMPTE_BYPASS =
LOW and DVB_ASI = LOW):
Data output
10-bit mode
20bit/10bit = LOW
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
Forced LOW
13 of 148
Table 1-1: Pin Descriptions (Continued)
Pin
Number
Name
G3
RC_BYP
Timing
Type
Description
Input
CONTROL SIGNAL INPUT
Please refer to the Input Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
When this pin is LOW, the serial digital output is the buffered
version of the input serial data. When this pin is HIGH, the serial
digital output is the reclocked version of the input serial data.
G7
SMPTE_BYPASS
Input/Output
CONTROL SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
Please refer to the Input/Output Logic parameters in the DC
Electrical Characteristics table for logic level threshold and
compatibility.
Indicates the presence of valid SMPTE data.
When the AUTO/MAN bit in the host interface register is HIGH
(Default), this pin is an OUTPUT. SMPTE_BYPASS is HIGH when the
device locks to a SMPTE compliant input. SMPTE_BYPASS is LOW
under all other conditions.
When the AUTO/MAN bit in the host interface register is LOW, this
pin is an INPUT:
No SMPTE scrambling takes place, and none of the I/O processing
features of the device are available when SMPTE_BYPASS is set
LOW.
When SMPTE_BYPASS is set HIGH, the device carries out SMPTE
scrambling and I/O processing.
When SMPTE_BYPASS and DVB_ASI are both set LOW, the device
operates in Data-Through mode.
G8
DVB_ASI
Input/Output
CONTROL SIGNAL INPUT
Please refer to the Input/Output Logic parameters in the DC
Electrical Characteristics table for logic level threshold and
compatibility.
Used to enable/disable DVB-ASI data extraction in manual mode.
When the AUTO/MAN bit in the host interface is LOW, this pin is an
input and when the DVB_ASI pin is set HIGH the device will carry out
DVB_ASI data extraction and processing. The SMPTE_BYPASS pin
must be set LOW. When SMPTE_BYPASS and DVB_ASI are both set
LOW, the device operates in Data-Through mode.
When the AUTO/MAN bit in the host interface is HIGH (default),
DVB-ASI is configured as a status output (set LOW), and DVB-ASI
input streams are not supported or recognized.
H1
BUFF_VDD
Input Power
POWER pin for the serial digital output 50Ω buffer. Connect to 3.3V
DC analog.
H2
BUFF_GND
Input Power
GND pin for the cable driver buffer. Connect to analog GND.
H3
AUDIO_EN/DIS
Input
CONTROL SIGNAL INPUT
Please refer to the Input Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
Enables or disables audio extraction.
H4
WCLK
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
Output
48kHz word clock for Audio.
Signal levels are LVCMOS/LVTTL compatible.
14 of 148
Table 1-1: Pin Descriptions (Continued)
Pin
Number
Name
H5
TIM_861
Timing
Type
Description
Input
CONTROL SIGNAL INPUT
Please refer to the Input Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
Used to select CEA-861 timing mode.
When TIM_861 is HIGH, the device outputs CEA 861 timing signals
(HSYNC/VSYNC/DE) instead of H:V:F digital timing signals.
H6
XTAL_OUT
Digital
Output
H7
20bit/10bit
Input
Buffered 27MHz crystal output. Can be used to cascade the crystal
signal.
CONTROL SIGNAL INPUT
Please refer to the Input Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
Used to select the output bus width.
HIGH = 20-bit, LOW = 10-bit.
H8
IOPROC_EN/DIS
Input
CONTROL SIGNAL INPUT
Please refer to the Input Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
Used to enable or disable audio and video processing features.
When IOPROC_EN is HIGH, the audio and video processing features
of the device are enabled. When IOPROC_EN is LOW, the processing
features of the device are disabled, and the device is in a
low-latency operating mode.
J1, K1
SDO, SDO
Output
Serial Data Output Signal.
50Ω CML buffer for interfacing to an external cable driver.
Serial digital output signal operating at 2.97Gb/s, 2.97/1.001Gb/s,
1.485Gb/s, 1.485/1.001Gb/s and 270Mb/s.
J2
SDO_EN/DIS
Input
CONTROL SIGNAL INPUT
Please refer to the Input Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
Used to enable/disable the serial digital output stage.
When SDO_EN/DIS is LOW, the serial digital output signals, SDO and
SDO, are both pulled HIGH.
When SDO_EN/DIS is HIGH, the serial digital output signals, SDO and
SDO, are enabled.
J3
AOUT_1/2
Output
Serial Audio Output; Channels 1 and 2.
Please refer to the Output Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
J4
ACLK
Output
64fs sample clock for audio.
Please refer to the Output Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
J5
AOUT_5/6
Output
Serial Audio Output; Channels 5 and 6.
Please refer to the Output Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
J6, K6
XTAL2, XTAL1
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
Analog Input
Input connection for 27MHz crystal.
15 of 148
Table 1-1: Pin Descriptions (Continued)
Pin
Number
Name
K2
STANDBY
Timing
Type
Description
Input
CONTROL SIGNAL INPUT
Please refer to the Input Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
When this pin is set HIGH, the device is placed in a power-saving
mode. No data processing occurs, and the digital I/Os are powered
down.
In this mode, the serial digital output signals, SDO and SDO, are
both pulled HIGH.
K3
AOUT_3/4
Output
Serial Audio Output; Channels 3 and 4.
Please refer to the Output Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
K4
AMCLK
Output
Oversampled master clock for audio (128fs, 256fs, 512fs selectable).
Please refer to the Output Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
K5
AOUT_7/8
Output
Serial Audio Output; Channels 7 and 8.
Please refer to the Output Logic parameters in the DC Electrical
Characteristics table for logic level threshold and compatibility.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
16 of 148
2. Electrical Characteristics
2.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings
Table 2-1: Absolute Maximum Ratings
Parameter
Value/Units
Supply Voltage, Digital Core (CORE_VDD)
-0.3V to +1.5V
Supply Voltage, Digital I/O (IO_VDD)
-0.3V to +4.0V
Supply Voltage, Analog 1.2V (PD_VDD, VCO_VDD)
-0.3V to +1.5V
Supply Voltage, Analog 3.3V (EQ_VDD, BUFF_VDD,
A_VDD)
-0.3V to +4.0V
Input Voltage Range (digital inputs)
-2.0V to +5.25V
Ambient Operating Temperature (TA)
-40°C < TA < 95°C
Storage Temperature (TSTG)
-40°C < TSTG < 125°C
Peak Reflow Temperature (JEDEC J-STD-020C)
260°C
ESD Sensitivity, HBM (JESD22-A114)
2kV
NOTES:
Absolute Maximum Ratings are those values beyond which damage may occur. Functional
operation under these conditions or at any other condition beyond those indicated in the
AC/DC Electrical Characteristics sections is not implied.
2.2 Recommended Operating Conditions
Table 2-2: Recommended Operating Conditions
Parameter
Operating Temperature Range,
Ambient
Supply Voltage, Digital Core
Supply Voltage, Digital I/O
Symbol
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Notes
TA
–
-20
−
85
°C
−
CORE_VDD
–
1.14
1.2
1.26
V
−
1.8V mode
1.71
1.8
1.89
V
−
3.3V mode
3.13
3.3
3.47
V
−
IO_VDD
Supply Voltage, PLL
PLL_VDD
–
1.14
1.2
1.26
V
–
Supply Voltage, VCO
VCO_VDD
–
−
0.7
−
V
1
A_VDD
–
3.13
3.3
3.47
V
2
EQ_VDD
–
3.13
3.3
3.47
V
2
BUFF_VDD
–
3.13
3.3
3.47
V
2
Supply Voltage, Analog
Supply Voltage, Serial Digital Input
Supply Voltage, CD Buffer
NOTES
1. This is 0.7V rather than 1.2V because there is a voltage drop across an external 105Ω resistor. See Typical Application Circuit on page 143.
2. The 3.3V supplies must track the 3.3V supply of an external CD.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
17 of 148
2.3 DC Electrical Characteristics
Table 2-3: DC Electrical Characteristics
Guaranteed over recommended operating conditions unless otherwise noted.
Parameter
Symbol
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Notes
I1V2
10bit 3G
−
220
265
mA
−
20bit 3G
−
210
265
mA
−
10/20bit HD
−
170
220
mA
−
10/20bit SD
−
140
185
mA
−
DVB_ASI
−
130
170
mA
−
10bit 3G
−
37
45
mA
−
20bit 3G
−
16
20
mA
−
10/20bit HD
−
15
21
mA
−
10/20bit SD
−
4
7
mA
−
DVB_ASI
−
4
6
mA
−
10bit 3G
−
150
180
mA
−
20bit 3G
−
115
130
mA
−
10/20bit HD
−
110
135
mA
−
10/20bit SD
−
90
100
mA
−
DVB_ASI
−
90
95
mA
−
10bit 3G
−
560
680
mW
−
20bit 3G
−
525
640
mW
−
10/20bit HD
−
480
590
mW
−
10/20bit SD
−
420
520
mW
−
DVB_ASI
−
410
500
mW
−
Reset
−
390
−
mW
−
Standby
−
23
45
mW
−
10bit 3G
−
750
930
mW
−
20bit 3G
−
620
760
mW
−
10/20bit HD
−
570
730
mW
−
10/20bit SD
−
460
560
mW
−
DVB_ASI
−
440
540
mW
−
Reset
−
410
−
mW
−
Standby
−
23
45
mW
−
System
+1.2V Supply Current
+1.8V Supply Current
+3.3V Supply Current
Total Device Power
(IO_VDD = 1.8V)
Total Device Power
(IO_VDD = 3.3V)
I1V8
I3V3
P1D8
P3D3
Digital I/O
Input Logic LOW
VIL
3.3V or 1.8V operation
IO_VSS
-0.3
–
0.3 x
IO_VDD
V
–
Input Logic HIGH
VIH
3.3V or 1.8V operation
0.7 x
IO_VDD
–
IO_VDD
+0.3
V
–
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
18 of 148
Table 2-3: DC Electrical Characteristics (Continued)
Guaranteed over recommended operating conditions unless otherwise noted.
Parameter
Symbol
Output Logic LOW
VOL
Output Logic HIGH
VOH
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Notes
IOL = 5mA, 1.8V operation
–
–
0.2
V
–
IOL = 8mA, 3.3V operation
–
–
0.4
V
–
IOH = 5mA, 1.8V operation
1.4
–
–
V
–
IOH = 8mA, 3.3V operation
2.4
–
–
V
–
Serial Input
Serial Input Common
Mode Voltage
–
75Ω load
–
2.2
–
V
–
−
50Ω load
BUFF_VDD
-(0.6/2)
BUFF_VDD
-(0.45/2)
BUFF_VDD
-(0.35/2)
V
−
Serial Output
Serial Output
Common Mode
Voltage
Notes:
The output drive strength of the digital outputs can be programmed through the host interface. please see Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration
and Status Registers, register 06Dh for details.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
19 of 148
2.4 AC Electrical Characteristics
Table 2-4: AC Electrical Characteristics
Guaranteed over recommended operating conditions unless otherwise noted.
Parameter
Symbol
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Notes
3G (Level A)
80
–
83
PCLK
–
3G (Level B)
143
–
151
PCLK
–
HD
80
–
83
PCLK
–
SD
50
–
55
PCLK
–
3G (Level A)
44
–
48
PCLK
–
3G (Level B)
108
–
116
PCLK
–
HD
44
–
48
PCLK
–
SD
44
–
48
PCLK
–
3G (Level A)
33
–
36
PCLK
–
HD
33
–
36
PCLK
–
SD
32
–
35
PCLK
–
3G (Level A)
6
–
9
PCLK
–
HD
6
–
9
PCLK
–
SD
5
–
9
PCLK
–
–
SD
12
–
16
PCLK
–
treset
–
1
–
–
ms
–
System
Device Latency:
AUDIO_EN = 1,
SMPTE mode,
IOPROC_EN = 1
–
Device Latency:
AUDIO_EN = 0,
SMPTE mode,
IOPROC_EN = 1
–
Device Latency:
AUDIO_EN = 0,
SMPTE mode,
IOPROC_EN = 0
–
Device Latency:
AUDIO_EN = 0,
SMPTE bypass,
IOPROC_EN = 0
Device Latency:
DVB-ASI
Reset Pulse Width
–
Parallel Output
Parallel Clock Frequency
fPCLK
–
13.5
–
148.5
MHz
–
Parallel Clock Duty Cycle
DCPCLK
–
40
–
60
%
–
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
20 of 148
Table 2-4: AC Electrical Characteristics (Continued)
Guaranteed over recommended operating conditions unless otherwise noted.
Parameter
Output Data Hold Time (1.8V)
Output Data Hold Time (3.3V)
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
Symbol
toh
toh
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Notes
SPI
1.5
–
–
ns
1
AUDIO
1.5
–
–
ns
1
DBUS
0.4
–
–
ns
1
STAT
0.45
–
–
ns
1
3G 20-bit
6pF Cload
DBUS
1.0
–
–
ns
1
STAT
1.0
–
–
ns
1
HD 10-bit
6pF Cload
DBUS
1.0
–
–
ns
1
STAT
1.0
–
–
ns
1
HD 20-bit
6pF Cload
DBUS
1.0
–
–
ns
1
STAT
1.0
–
–
ns
1
SD 10-bit
6pF Cload
DBUS
19.4
–
–
ns
1
STAT
19.4
–
–
ns
1
SD 20-bit
6pF Cload
DBUS
38.0
–
–
ns
1
STAT
38.0
–
–
ns
1
3G 10-bit
6pF Cload
SPI
1.5
–
–
ns
2
AUDIO
1.5
–
–
ns
2
DBUS
0.45
–
–
ns
2
STAT
0.45
–
–
ns
2
3G 20-bit
6pF Cload
DBUS
1.0
–
–
ns
2
STAT
1.0
–
–
ns
2
HD 10-bit
6pF Cload
DBUS
1.0
–
–
ns
2
STAT
1.0
–
–
ns
2
HD 20-bit
6pF Cload
DBUS
1.0
–
–
ns
2
STAT
1.0
–
–
ns
2
SD 10-bit
6pF Cload
DBUS
19.4
–
–
ns
2
STAT
19.4
–
–
ns
2
SD 20-bit
6pF Cload
DBUS
38.0
–
–
ns
2
STAT
38.0
–
–
ns
2
3G 10-bit
6pF Cload
21 of 148
Table 2-4: AC Electrical Characteristics (Continued)
Guaranteed over recommended operating conditions unless otherwise noted.
Parameter
Output Data Delay Time (1.8V)
Output Data Delay Time (3.3V)
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
Symbol
tod
tod
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Notes
SPI
–
–
14.0
ns
3
AUDIO
–
–
7.0
ns
3
DBUS
–
–
1.8
ns
3
STAT
–
–
2.5
ns
3
3G 20-bit
15pF Cload
DBUS
–
–
3.7
ns
3
STAT
–
–
4.4
ns
3
HD 10-bit
15pF Cload
DBUS
–
–
3.7
ns
3
STAT
–
–
4.4
ns
3
HD 20-bit
15pF Cload
DBUS
–
–
3.7
ns
3
STAT
–
–
4.4
ns
3
SD 10-bit
15pF Cload
DBUS
–
–
22.2
ns
3
STAT
–
–
22.2
ns
3
SD 20-bit
15pF Cload
DBUS
–
–
41.0
ns
3
STAT
–
–
41.0
ns
3
3G 10-bit
15pF Cload
SPI
–
–
14.0
ns
4
AUDIO
–
–
7.0
ns
4
DBUS
–
–
1.9
ns
4
STAT
–
–
2.2
ns
4
3G 20-bit
15pF Cload
DBUS
–
–
3.7
ns
4
STAT
–
–
4.1
ns
4
HD 10-bit
15pF Cload
DBUS
–
–
3.7
ns
4
STAT
–
–
4.1
ns
4
HD 20-bit
15pF Cload
DBUS
–
–
3.7
ns
4
STAT
–
–
4.1
ns
4
SD 10-bit
15pF Cload
DBUS
–
–
22.2
ns
4
STAT
–
–
22.2
ns
4
SD 20-bit
15pF Cload
DBUS
–
–
41.0
ns
4
STAT
–
–
41.0
ns
4
3G 10-bit
15pF Cload
22 of 148
Table 2-4: AC Electrical Characteristics (Continued)
Guaranteed over recommended operating conditions unless otherwise noted.
Parameter
Output Data Rise/Fall Time (1.8V)
Symbol
tr/tf
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Notes
STAT
–
–
0.4
ns
1
DBUS
–
–
0.3
ns
1
AUDIO
–
–
0.6
ns
1
STAT
–
–
0.4
ns
1
DBUS
–
–
0.4
ns
1
AUDIO
–
–
0.6
ns
1
STAT
–
–
1.5
ns
3
DBUS
–
–
1.1
ns
3
AUDIO
–
–
2.3
ns
3
STAT
–
–
1.5
ns
3
DBUS
–
–
1.4
ns
3
AUDIO
–
–
2.3
ns
3
STAT
–
–
0.5
ns
2
DBUS
–
–
0.4
ns
2
AUDIO
–
–
0.6
ns
2
STAT
–
–
0.5
ns
2
DBUS
–
–
0.4
ns
2
AUDIO
–
–
0.6
ns
2
STAT
–
–
1.6
ns
4
DBUS
–
–
1.5
ns
4
AUDIO
–
–
2.2
ns
4
STAT
–
–
1.6
ns
4
DBUS
–
–
1.4
ns
4
AUDIO
–
–
2.2
ns
4
0.27
–
2.97
Gb/s
–
TA =25°C, differential,
270Mb/s & 1.485Gb/s
720
800
950
mVp-p
6
TA =25°C, differential,
2.97Gb/s
720
800
880
mVp-p
6
Belden 1694A cable, 3G
–
150
–
m
–
Belden 1694A cable, HD
–
230
–
m
–
Belden 1694A cable, SD
–
460
–
m
–
3G 10-bit
6pF Cload
All other
modes
6pF Cload
3G 10-bit
15pF Cload
All other
modes
15pF Cload
Output Data Rise/Fall Time (3.3V)
tr/tf
3G 10-bit
6pF Cload
All other
modes
6pF Cload
Output Data Rise/Fall Time (3.3V)
tr/tf
3G 10-bit
15pF Cload
All other
modes
15pF Cload
Serial Digital Input
Serial Input Data Rate
DRSDI
Serial Input Voltage Swing
ΔVSDI
–
Achievable Cable Length
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
–
23 of 148
Table 2-4: AC Electrical Characteristics (Continued)
Guaranteed over recommended operating conditions unless otherwise noted.
Parameter
Symbol
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Notes
Input Return Loss
–
single ended
15
21
–
dB
7
Input Resistance
–
single ended
–
1.52
–
kΩ
–
Input Capacitance
–
single ended
–
1
–
pF
–
0.27
–
2.97
Gb/s
–
320
–
600
mVp-p
–
–
–
180
ps
–
–
–
–
180
ps
–
3G, PRBS23, Belden
1694A cable, 140m
–
–
100
ps
–
HD, PRBS23, Belden
1694A cable, 210m
–
–
100
ps
–
SD, PRBS23, Belden
1694A cable, 440m
–
–
470
ps
–
3G
–
10
–
ps
–
HD
–
10
–
ps
–
SD
–
20
–
ps
–
Serial Digital Output
Serial Output Data Rate
Serial Output Swing
DRSDO
ΔVSDO
Serial Output Rise Time
20% ~ 80%
trSDO
Serial Output Fall Time
20% ~ 80%
tfSDO
Serial Output Jitter with
loop-through mode
Serial Output Duty Cycle
Distortion
tOJ
DCDSDD
–
Differential with 100Ω
load
–
Synchronous lock time
–
–
–
–
25
μs
–
Asynchronous lock time
–
–
0.1
–
20
ms
–
Lock time from power-up
–
After 20 minutes at
-20°C
–
–
5
s
–
–
–
60
MHz
5
40
50
60
%
5
1.5
–
–
ns
5
1.5
–
–
ns
5
GSPI
GSPI Input Clock Frequency
fSCLK
GSPI Input Clock Duty Cycle
DCSCLK
50% levels
3.3V or 1.8V operation
GSPI Input Data Setup Time
–
GSPI Input Data Hold Time
–
GSPI Output Data Hold Time
–
–
1.5
–
–
ns
5
CS low before SCLK rising edge
–
50% levels
3.3V or 1.8V operation
1.5
–
–
ns
5
Time between end of command
word (or data in Auto-Increment
mode) and the first SCLK of the
following data word - write cycle
–
37.1
–
–
ns
5
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
50% levels
3.3V or 1.8V operation
24 of 148
Table 2-4: AC Electrical Characteristics (Continued)
Guaranteed over recommended operating conditions unless otherwise noted.
Parameter
Symbol
Time between end of command
word (or data in Auto-Increment
mode) and the first SCLK of the
following data word - read cycle
–
CS high after SCLK falling edge
–
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Notes
148.4
–
–
ns
5
37.1
–
–
ns
5
50% levels
3.3V or 1.8V operation
50% levels
3.3V or 1.8V operation
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.89V and 0ºC.
3.47V and 0ºC.
1.71V and 85ºC
3.13V and 85ºC
Timing parameters defined in Section 4.20.3
0m cable length
Tested on a 2971 board from 5MHz to 3GHz.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
25 of 148
3. Input/Output Circuits
IO_VDD
200Ω
Input Pin
Figure 3-1: Digital Input Pin with Schmitt Trigger (20BIT/10BIT, AUDIO_EN/DIS,
CS_TMS, SW_EN, IOPROC_EN/DIS, JTAG/HOST, RC_BYP, RESET_TRST,
SCLK_TCK, SDIN_TDI, SDO_EN/DIS, STANDBY, TIM_861)
IO_VDD
200Ω
Output Pin
Figure 3-2: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output Pin - Configured to Output
unless in Reset Mode. (ACLK, AMCLK, AOUT_1/2, AOUT_3/4, AOUT_5/6,
AOUT_7/8, DVB_ASI, SMPTE_BYPASS, WCLK)
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
26 of 148
IO_VDD
200Ω
Output Pin
Figure 3-3: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output Pin with programmable drive
strength. These pins are configured to output unless in Reset Mode; in which
case they are high-impedance. The drive strength can be set by writing to
address 06Dh in the host interface register. (DOUT0, DOUT1, DOUT2, DOUT3,
DOUT4, DOUT5, DOUT6, DOUT7, DOUT8, DOUT9, SDOUT_TDO, STAT0, STAT1,
STAT2, STAT3, STAT4, STAT5, XTAL_OUT, DOUT10, DOUT11, DOUT12,
DOUT13, DOUT14, DOUT15, DOUT16, DOUT17, DOUT18, DOUT19, PCLK)
XTAL1
XTAL2
XTAL_OUT
Figure 3-4: XTAL1/XTAL2/XTAL-OUT
A_VDD
2kΩ
VBG
50Ω
Figure 3-5: VBG
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
27 of 148
EQ_VDD
Out <0>
LB_CONT
Out <1>
Figure 3-6: LB_CONT
PLL_VDD
25Ω
LF
25Ω
Figure 3-7: Loop Filter
BUFF_VDD
50Ω
50Ω
SDO
SDO
Figure 3-8: SDO/SDO
4k
4k
SDI
SDI
RC
6k
6k
Figure 3-9: Equalizer Input Equivalent Circuit
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
28 of 148
4. Detailed Description
Refer to the document entitled GS2970/GS2971 Errata for this device (document
number 53092).
4.1 Functional Overview
The GS2971 is a multi-rate SDI integrated Receiver which includes complete SMPTE
processing, as per SMPTE 425M, 292M and SMPTE 259M-C. The SMPTE processing
features can be bypassed to support signals with other coding schemes.
The GS2971 integrates Gennum's adaptive cable equalizer technology, achieving
unprecedented cable lengths and jitter tolerance. It features DC restoration to
compensate for the DC content of SMPTE pathological signals.
The device features an Integrated Reclocker with an internal VCO and a wide Input
Jitter Tolerance (IJT) of 0.7UI.
A serial digital loop through output is provided, which can be configured to output
either reclocked or non-reclocked serial digital data. The Serial Digital Output can be
connected to an external Cable Driver.
The device operates in one of four basic modes: SMPTE mode, DVB-ASI mode,
Data-Through mode or Standby mode.
In SMPTE mode, the GS2971 performs SMPTE de-scrambling and NRZI to NRZ decoding
and word alignment. Line-based CRC errors, line number errors, TRS errors and
ancillary data check sum errors can all be detected. The GS2971 also provides ancillary
data extraction. The entire ancillary data packet is extracted, and written to
host-accessible registers. Other processing functions include H:V:F timing extraction,
Luma and Chroma ancillary data indication, video standard detection, and SMPTE 352M
packet detection and decoding. All of the processing features are optional, and may be
enabled or disabled via the Host Interface.
Both SMPTE 425M Level A and Level B inputs are supported. The GS2971 also provides
user-selectable conversion from Level B to Level A for 1080p 50/60 4:2:2 10-bit formats
only.
In DVB-ASI mode, 8b/10b decoding is applied to the received data stream.
In Data-Through mode, all forms of SMPTE and DVB-ASI decoding are disabled, and the
device can be used as a simple serial to parallel converter.
The device can also be placed in a lower power Standby mode. In this mode, no signal
processing is carried out and the parallel output is held static. Placing the Receiver in
Standby mode will automatically place the integrated equalizer in power down mode as
well.
Parallel data outputs are provided in 20-bit or 10-bit multiplexed format for 3Gb/s, HD
and SD video rates. For 1080p 50/60 4:2:2 10-bit, the parallel data is output on the 20-bit
parallel bus as Y on 10 bits and Cb/Cr on the other 10 bits. As such, this parallel bus can
interface directly with video processor ICs. For other SMPTE 425M mapping structures,
the video data is mapped to a 20-bit virtual interface as described in SMPTE 425M. In all
cases this 20-bit parallel bus can be multiplexed onto 10 bits for a low pin count interface
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
29 of 148
with downstream devices. The associated Parallel Clock input signal operates at 148.5
or 148.5/1.001MHz (for all 3Gb/s HD 10-bit multiplexed modes), 74.25 or
74.25/1.001MHz (for HD 20-bit mode), 27MHz (for SD 10-bit mode) and 13.5MHz (for SD
20-bit mode).
NOTE: For 3Gb/s 10-bit mode the device operates in Dual Data Rate (DDR) mode, where
the data is sampled at both the rising and falling edges of the clock. This reduces the I/O
speed requirements of the downstream devices.
Up to eight channels, in two groups, of serial digital audio may be extracted from the
video data stream, in accordance with SMPTE 272M and SMPTE 299M. The output signal
formats supported by the device include AES/EBU and three other industry standard
serial digital formats. 16, 20 and 24-bit audio formats are supported at 48kHz
synchronous for SD modes and 48kHz synchronous or asynchronous in HD/3G mode.
Additional audio processing features include group selection, channel swapping, ECC
error detection and correction (HD mode only), and audio channel status extraction.
Audio clock and control signals provided by the device include Word Clock (fs), Serial
Clock (64fs), and Audio Master Clock at user-selectable rates of 128fs, 256fs or 512fs.
4.2 SMPTE 425M Mapping - 3G Level A and Level B Formats
4.2.1 Level A Mapping
Data Stream 1
3FF
000
000
XYZ
LN0
LN1
C RC 0
C RC 1
Audio Ctl
Audio Ctl
Audio Ctl
Audio Ctl
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
YANC data
3FF
000
000
XYZ
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
Y8
Y9
Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
Y18
Y19
Y20
Y21
Y22
Y23
Y24
Y25
Y26
Y27
Y28
Y29
Y30
Y31
Y32
Y33
Y34
Y35
Direct image format mapping - the mapping structure used to define 1080p/50/59.94/60
4:2:2 YCbCr 10 bit data, as supported by the GS2971. See Figure 4-1:
Data Stream 2
HANC
SAV
Active Video
3FF
000
000
XYZ
LN0
LN1
C RC 0
C RC 1
Audio data
Audio data
Audio data
Audio data
Audio data
Audio data
Audio data
Audio data
Audio data
Audio data
Audio data
Audio data
CANC data
CANC data
CANC data
CANC data
HBLANK
HBLANK
HBLANK
HBLANK
HBLANK
HBLANK
HBLANK
HBLANK
HBLANK
HBLANK
HBLANK
HBLANK
3FF
000
000
XYZ
Cb0
C r0
Cb1
C r1
Cb2
C r2
Cb3
C r3
Cb4
C r4
Cb5
C r5
Cb6
C r6
Cb7
C r7
Cb8
C r8
Cb9
C r9
Cb10
C r10
Cb11
C r11
Cb12
C r12
Cb13
C r13
Cb14
C r14
Cb15
C r15
Cb16
C r16
Cb17
C r17
EAV
Figure 4-1: Level A Mapping
4.2.2 Level B Mapping
The 2 x 292 HD SDI interface - this can be two distinct links running at 1.5Gb/s or one
3Gb/s link formatted according to SMPTE 292 on two 10-bit links (Y/C interleaved). For
1080p/50/59.94/60 4:2:2 video formats, each link should be line-interleaved as per
SMPTE 372M. See Figure 4-2:
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
30 of 148
3FF
3FF
000
000
000
000
XYZ
XYZ
C b[1] 0
Y[1] 0
C r[1] 0
Y[1] 1
C b[1] 1
Y[1] 2
C r[1] 1
Y[1] 3
C b[1] 2
Y[1] 4
C r[1] 2
Y[1] 5
C b[1] 3
Y[1] 6
C r[1] 3
Y[1] 7
C b[1] 4
Y[1] 8
C r[1] 4
Y[1] 9
C b[1] 5
Y[1] 10
C r[1] 5
Y[1] 11
C b[1] 6
Y[1] 12
C r[1] 6
Y[1] 13
C b[1] 7
Y[1] 14
C r[1] 7
Y[1] 15
C b[1] 8
Y[1] 16
C r[1] 8
Y[1] 17
SAV
Active Video
3FF
3FF
000
000
000
000
XYZ
XYZ
C b[2] 0
Y[2] 0
C r[2] 0
Y[2] 1
C b[2] 1
Y[2] 2
C r[2] 1
Y[2] 3
C b[2] 2
Y[2] 4
C r[2] 2
Y[2] 5
C b[2] 3
Y[2] 6
C r[2] 3
Y[2] 7
C b[2] 4
Y[2] 8
C r[2] 4
Y[2] 9
C b[2] 5
Y[2] 10
C r[2] 5
Y[2] 11
C b[2] 6
Y[2] 12
C r[2] 6
Y[2] 13
C b[2] 7
Y[2] 14
C r[2] 7
Y[2] 15
C b[2] 8
Y[2] 16
C r[2] 8
Y[2] 17
Audio data[1]
Audio Ctl[1]
Audio data[1]
Audio Ctl[1]
Audio data[1]
Audio Ctl[1]
Audio data[1]
Audio Ctl[1]
Audio data[1]
YANC data[1]
Audio data[1]
YANC data[1]
Audio data[1]
YANC data[1]
Audio data[1]
YANC data[1]
HANC
Audio data[2]
Audio Ctl[2]
Audio data[2]
Audio Ctl[2]
Audio data[2]
Audio Ctl[2]
Audio data[2]
Audio Ctl[2]
Audio data[2]
YANC data[2]
Audio data[2]
YANC data[2]
Audio data[2]
YANC data[2]
Audio data[2]
YANC data[2]
Data Stream 2
(”Link 2”)
EAV
3FF
3FF
000
000
000
000
XYZ
XYZ
LN0
LN0
LN1
LN1
C RC 0
C RC 0
C RC 1
C RC 1
Data Stream 1
(”Link A”)
3FF
3FF
000
000
000
000
XYZ
XYZ
LN0
LN0
LN1
LN1
C RC 0
C RC 0
C RC 1
C RC 1
multiplexed Y/C data
“double” TRS headers from
interleaved HD-SDI;
Figure 4-2: Level B Mapping
The GS2971 distinguishes between Level A and Level B mappings at 3Gb/s. When Level
B data is detected, each 10-bit link is demultiplexed into its individual component
streams, and most video processing features, including error detection and correction
are enabled separately for Data Stream 1 and Data Stream 2 (Link A and Link B,
respectively). Note that audio demultiplexing and ancillary data extraction can only be
enabled for one link for 3Gb/s Level B data. Data Stream 1 or Data Stream 2 can be
selected via the host interface.
4.3 Serial Digital Input
The GS2971 can accept serial digital inputs compliant with SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 292
and SMPTE 259M-C.
4.3.1 Integrated Adaptive Cable Equalizer
The GS2971 integrates Gennum's adaptive cable equalizer technology.
The integrated adaptive equalizer can equalize 3Gb/s, HD and SD serial digital signals,
and will typically equalize 150m of Belden 1694A cable at 2.97Gb/s, 250m at 1.485Gb/s
and 480m at 270Mb/s.The integrated adaptive equalizer is powered from a single +3.3V
power supply and consumes approximately 195mW of power.
The equalizer can be bypassed by programming register 073h through the GSPI
interface.
4.3.1.1 Serial Digital Inputs
The Serial Data Signal may be connected to the input pins (SDI/SDI) in either a
differential or single ended configuration. AC coupling of the inputs is recommended, as
the SDI and SDI inputs are internally biased at approximately 1.8V.
4.3.1.2 Cable Equalization
The input signal passes through a variable gain equalizing stage whose frequency
response closely matches the inverse of the cable loss characteristic. In addition, the
variation of the frequency response with control voltage imitates the variation of the
inverse cable loss characteristic with cable length.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
31 of 148
The edge energy of the equalized signal is monitored by a detector circuit which
produces an error signal corresponding to the difference between the desired edge
energy and the actual edge energy. This error signal is integrated by both an internal and
an external AGC filter capacitor providing a steady control voltage for the gain stage. As
the frequency response of the gain stage is automatically varied by the application of
negative feedback, the edge energy of the equalized signal is kept at a constant level
which is representative of the original edge energy at the transmitter. The equalized
signal is also DC restored, effectively restoring the logic threshold of the equalized signal
to its correct level independent of shifts due to AC coupling.
SDI
SDI
DC
Restore
Equalizer
Output
SDO
SDO
GAIN_SEL
AGC
AGC AGC
Figure 4-3: GS2971 Integrated EQ Block Diagram
4.4 Serial Digital Loop-Through Output
The GS2971 contains a 100Ω differential serial output buffer which can be configured to
output either a retimed or a buffered version of the serial digital input. The SDO and SDO
outputs of this buffer can interface directly to a 3Gb/s-capable, SMPTE compliant
Gennum cable driver. See 5.3 Typical Application Circuit on page 143.
When the RC_BYP pin is set HIGH, the serial digital output is the re-timed version of the
serial input.
When the RC_BYP pin is set LOW, the serial digital output is simply the buffered version
of the serial input, bypassing the internal reclocker.
The output can be disabled by setting the SDO_EN/DIS pin LOW. The output is also
disabled when the STANDBY pin is asserted HIGH. When the output is disabled, both
SDO and SDO pins are set to VDD and remain static.
The SDO output is muted when the RC_BYP pin is set HIGH and the PLL is unlocked
(LOCKED pin is LOW). When muted, the output is held static at logic ‘0’ or logic ‘1’.
Table 4-1: Serial Digital Output
SDO_EN/DIS
RC_BYP
SDO/SDO
0
X
Disabled
1
1
Re-timed
1
0
Buffered (not re-timed)
NOTE: the serial digital output is muted when the GS2971 is unlocked.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
32 of 148
4.5 Serial Digital Reclocker
The GS2971 includes both a PLL stage and a sampling stage.
The PLL is comprised of two distinct loops:
•
A coarse frequency acquisition loop sets the centre frequency of the integrated
Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO) using an external 27MHz reference clock
•
A fine frequency and phase locked loop aligns the VCO’s phase and frequency to
the input serial digital stream
The frequency lock loop results in a very fast lock time.
The sampling stage re-times the serial digital input with the locked VCO clock. This
generates a clean serial digital stream, which may be output on the SDO/SDO output
pins and converted to parallel data for further processing. Parallel data is not affected by
RC_BYP. Only the SDO is affected by this pin.
4.5.1 PLL Loop Bandwidth
The fine frequency and phase lock loop in the GS2971 reclocker is non-linear. The PLL
loop bandwidth scales with the jitter amplitude of the input data stream; automatically
reduces bandwidth in response to higher jitter. This allows the PLL to reject more of the
jitter in the input data stream and produce a very clean reclocked output.
The loop bandwidth of the GS2971 PLL is defined with 0.2UI input jitter. The bandwidth
is controlled by the LB_CONT pin. Under nominal conditions, with the LB_CONT pin
floating and 0.2UI input jitter applied, the loop bandwidth is set to 1/1000 of the
frequency of the input data stream. Connecting the LB_CONT pin to 3.3V reduces the
bandwidth to half of the nominal setting. Connecting the LB_CONT pin to GND increases
the bandwidth to double the nominal setting. Table 4-2 below summarizes this
information.
Table 4-2: PLL Loop Bandwidth
Input Data Rate
LB_CONT Pin Connection
Loop Bandwidth (MHz)1
SD
3.3V
0.135
Floating
0.27
0V
0.54
3.3V
0.75
Floating
1.5
0V
3.0
3.3V
1.5
Floating
3.0
0V
6.0
HD
3G
1
Measured with 0.2UI input jitter applied
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
33 of 148
4.6 External Crystal/Reference Clock
The GS2971 requires an external 27MHz reference clock for correct operation. This
reference clock is generated by connecting a crystal to the XTAL1 and XTAL2 pins of the
device. See Application Reference Design on page 142. Table 4-3 shows XTAL
characteristics.
Alternately, a 27MHz external clock source can be connected to the XTAL1 pin of the
device, as shown in Figure 4-4.
The frequency variation of the crystal including aging, supply and temperature
variation, should be less than +/-100ppm.
The equivalent series resistance (or motional resistance) should be a maximum of 50Ω.
The external crystal is used in the frequency acquisition process. It has no impact on the
output jitter performance of the part when the part is locked to incoming data. Because
of this, the only key parameter is the frequency variation of the crystal that is stated
above.
External Crystal Connection
External Clock Source Connection
16pF
K6
K6 XTAL1
XTAL1
External
Clock
J6
NC
XTAL2
J6
XTAL2
16pF
Notes:
1. Capacitor values listed represent the total capacitance,
including discrete capacitance and parasitic board capacitance.
2.XTAL1 serves as an input, which may alternatively accept a 27MHz clock
source.
Figure 4-4: 27MHz Clock Sources
Table 4-3: Input Clock Requirements
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
UOM
Notes
XTAL1 Low Level Input Voltage
(Vil)
−
−
20% of VDD_IO
V
3
80% of VDDIO
−
−
V
3
XTAL1 High Level Input
Voltage (Vih)
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
34 of 148
Table 4-3: Input Clock Requirements (Continued)
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
UOM
Notes
2
−
−
V/ns
3
XTAL1 to XOUT Prop. Delay
(High to Low)
1.3
1.5
2.3
ns
3
XTAL1 to XOUT Prop. Delay
(Low to High)
1.3
1.6
2.3
ns
3
XTAL1 Input Slew Rate
NOTES:
Valid when the cell is used to buffer an external clock source which is connected to the XTAL1 pin, then nothing should be
connected to the XTAL2 pin.
4.7 Lock Detect
The LOCKED output signal is available by default on the STAT3 output pin, but may be
programmed to be output through any one of the six programmable multi-functional
pins of the device; STAT[5:0].
The LOCKED output signal is set HIGH by the Lock Detect block under the following
conditions:
Table 4-4: Lock Detect Conditions
Mode of Operation
Mode Setting
Condition for Locked
Data-Through Mode
SMPTE_BYPASS = LOW
DVB_ASI = LOW
Reclocker PLL is locked.
SMPTE Mode
SMPTE_BYPASS = HIGH
DVB_ASI = LOW
Reclocker PLL is locked
2 consecutive TRS words are detected
in a 2-line window.
DVB_ASI Mode
SMPTE_BYPASS = LOW
DVB_ASI = HIGH
Bit AUTO/MAN = LOW
Reclocker PLL is locked
32 consecutive DVB_ASI words with
no errors are detected within a
128-word window.
NOTE 1: The part will lock to ASI in Auto mode, but could falsely unlock for some ASI
input patterns.
NOTE 2: In Standby mode, the reclocker PLL unlocks. However, the LOCKED signal
retains whatever state it previously held. So, if before Standby assertion, the LOCKED
signal is HIGH, then during standby, it remains HIGH regardless of the status of the PLL.
4.7.1 Asynchronous Lock
The lock detection algorithm is a continuous process, beginning at device power-up or
after a system reset. It continues until the device is powered down or held in reset.
The device first determines if a valid serial digital input signal has been presented to the
device. If no valid serial data stream has been detected, the serial data into the device is
considered invalid, and the LOCKED signal is LOW.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
35 of 148
Once a valid input signal has been detected, the asynchronous lock algorithm enters a
“hunt” phase, in which the device attempts to detect the presence of either TRS words or
DVB-ASI sync words.
By default, the device powers up in auto mode (the AUTO/MAN bit in the host interface
is set HIGH). In this mode, the device operating frequency toggles between 3G, HD and
SD rates as it attempts to lock to the incoming data rate. The PCLK output continues to
operate, and the frequency may switch between 148.5MHz, 74.25MHz, 27MHz and
13.5MHz.
When the device is operating in manual mode (AUTO/MAN bit in the host interface is
LOW), the operating frequency needs to be set through the host interface using the
RATE_DET[1:0] bits. In this mode, the asynchronous lock algorithm does not toggle the
operating rate of the device and attempts to lock within a single standard. Lock is
achieved within three lines of the selected standard.
4.7.2 Signal Interruption
The device tolerates a signal interruption of up to 10μs without unlocking, as long as no
TRS words are deleted by this interruption. If a signal interruption of greater than 10μs
is detected, the lock detection algorithm may lose the current data rate, and LOCKED
will de-assert until the data rate is re-acquired by the lock detection block.
4.8 SMPTE Functionality
4.8.1 Descrambling and Word Alignment
The GS2971 performs NRZI to NRZ decoding and data descrambling according to SMPTE
424M/SMPTE 292/SMPTE 259M-C and word aligns the data to TRS sync words.
When operating in manual mode (AUTO/MAN = LOW), the device only carries out
SMPTE decoding, descrambling and word alignment when the SMPTE_BYPASS pin is set
HIGH and the DVB_ASI pin is set LOW.
When operating in Auto mode (AUTO/MAN = HIGH), the GS2971 carries out
descrambling and word alignment to enable the detection of TRS sync words. When two
consecutive valid TRS words (SAV and EAV), with the same bit alignment have been
detected, the device word-aligns the data to the TRS ID words.
TRS ID word detection is a continuous process. The device remains in SMPTE mode until
TRS ID words fail to be detected.
NOTE 1: Both 8-bit and 10-bit TRS headers are identified by the device.
NOTE 2: In 3G Level B mode, the device only supports Data Stream 1 and Data Stream
2 having the same bit width (i.e. both data streams contain 8-bit data, or both data
streams contain 10-bit data). If the bit widths between the two data streams are different,
the GS2971 cannot word align the input stream, and switches in Data-Through mode.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
36 of 148
4.9 Parallel Data Outputs
The parallel data outputs are aligned to the rising edge of the PCLK.
4.9.1 Parallel Data Bus Buffers
The parallel data bus, status signal outputs and control signal input pins are all
connected to high-impedance buffers.
The device supports 1.8 or 3.3V (LVTTL and LVCMOS levels) supplied at the IO_VDD and
IO_GND pins.
All output buffers (including the PCLK output), are set to high-impedance in Reset mode
(RESET_TRST = LOW).
I/O Timing Specs:
10-bit SDR Mode:
6.734ns (HD 10-bit)
37.037ns (SD 10-bit)
DBUS[19:10]
Y0
Cr0
80%
Y1
Cb1
80%
PCLK_OUT
20%
toh
20%
tr
tf
tod
10bHD Mode
3.3V
dbus
stat
toh
1.000ns
1.000ns
tr/tf (min)
0.400ns
0.500ns
Cload
6 pF
tod
tr/tf (max)
3.700ns 1.400ns
4.100ns 1.600ns
1.8V
Cload
15 pF
toh
1.000ns
1.000ns
tr/tf (min)
0.400ns
0.400ns
Cload
toh
tr/tf (min)
19.400ns 0.400ns
19.400ns 0.400ns
Cload
6 pF
tod
tr/tf (max)
3.700ns 1.400ns
4.400ns 1.500ns
Cload
15 pF
10bSD Mode
3.3V
dbus
stat
toh
tr/tf (min)
19.400ns 0.400ns
19.400ns 0.500ns
Cload
6 pF
tod
tr/tf (max)
22.200ns 1.400ns
22.200ns 1.600ns
1.8V
Cload
15 pF
6 pF
tod
tr/tf (max)
22.200ns 1.400ns
22.200ns 1.500ns
Cload
15 pF
Figure 4-5: PCLK to Data and Control Signal Output Timing - SDR Mode 1
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
37 of 148
I/O Timing Specs:
20-bit SDR Mode:
6.734ns (3G 20-bit)
13.468ns (HD 20-bit)
74.074ns (SD 20-bit)
DBUS[19:10]
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
DBUS[9:0]
Cb0
Cr0
Cb1
Cr1
80%
80%
PCLK_OUT
20%
toh
20%
tr
tf
tod
20b3G and 20bHD Modes
3.3V
dbus
stat
toh
1.000ns
1.000ns
tr/tf (min)
0.400ns
0.500ns
Cload
6 pF
tod
tr/tf (max)
3.700ns 1.400ns
4.100ns 1.600ns
1.8V
Cload
15 pF
toh
1.000ns
1.000ns
tr/tf (min)
0.400ns
0.400ns
Cload
toh
tr/tf (min)
38.000ns 0.400ns
38.000ns 0.400ns
Cload
6 pF
tod
tr/tf (max)
3.700ns 1.400ns
4.400ns 1.500ns
Cload
15 pF
20bSD Mode
3.3V
dbus
stat
toh
tr/tf (min)
38.000ns 0.400ns
38.000ns 0.500ns
Cload
6 pF
tod
tr/tf (max)
41.000ns 1.400ns
41.000ns 1.600ns
1.8V
Cload
15 pF
6 pF
tod
tr/tf (max)
41.000ns 1.400ns
41.000ns 1.500ns
Cload
15 pF
Figure 4-6: PCLK to Data and Control Signal Output Timing - SDR Mode 2
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
38 of 148
I/O Timing Specs:
DDR Mode:
6.734ns
3.367ns
DBUS[19:10]
Y0
Cr0
Y1
80%
Cb1
Y2
Cr1
Y3
80%
PCLK_OUT
20%
toh
toh
tod
20%
tr
tf
tod
10b3G Mode
3.3V
dbus
stat
toh
0.450ns
0.450ns
tr/tf (min)
0.400ns
0.500ns
Cload
6 pF
1.8V
tod
tr/tf (max)
1.900ns 1.500ns
2.200ns 1.600ns
Cload
15 pF
toh
0.400ns
0.450ns
tr/tf (min)
0.300ns
0.400ns
Cload
6 pF
tod
tr/tf (max)
1.800ns 1.100ns
2.500ns 1.500ns
Cload
15 pF
Figure 4-7: PCLK to Data and Control Signal Output Timing - DDR Mode
The GS2971 has a 20-bit output parallel bus, which can be configured for different
output formats as shown in Table 4-5.
Table 4-5: GS2971 Output Video Data Format Selections
Output Data
Format
Pin/Register Bit Settings
DOUT[9:0]
DOUT[19:10]
20BIT
/10BIT
RATE_
SEL0
RATE_
SEL1
SMPTE_
BYPASS
DVB-ASI
20-bit
demultiplexed HD
format
HIGH
LOW
LOW
HIGH
LOW
Chroma
Luma
20-bit data output
HD format
HIGH
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
DATA
DATA
20-bit
demultiplexed SD
format
HIGH
HIGH
X
HIGH
LOW
Chroma
Luma
20-bit data output
SD format
HIGH
HIGH
X
LOW
LOW
DATA
DATA
10-bit multiplexed
3G DDR format
LOW
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
Driven LOW
Data Stream One/
Data Stream Two*
10-bit multiplexed
HD format
LOW
LOW
LOW
HIGH
LOW
Driven LOW
Luma/Chroma
10-bit data output
HD format
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
Driven LOW
DATA
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
39 of 148
Table 4-5: GS2971 Output Video Data Format Selections (Continued)
Output Data
Format
Pin/Register Bit Settings
DOUT[9:0]
DOUT[19:10]
20BIT
/10BIT
RATE_
SEL0
RATE_
SEL1
SMPTE_
BYPASS
DVB-ASI
10-bit multiplexed
SD format
LOW
HIGH
X
HIGH
LOW
Driven LOW
Luma/Chroma
10-bit data output
SD format
LOW
HIGH
X
LOW
LOW
Driven LOW
DATA
20-bit
demultiplexed 3G
format
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
Data Stream Two*
Data Stream One*
DVB-ASI format
LOW
HIGH
X
−
HIGH
DOUT19 = WORD_ERR
DOUT18 = SYNC_OUT
DOUT17 = H_OUT
DOUT16 = G_OUT
DOUT15 = F_OUT
DOUT14 = E_OUT
DOUT13 = D_OUT
DOUT12 = C_OUT
DOUT11 = B_OUT
DOUT10 = A_OUT
*In 3G Mode, the data streams can be swapped at the output through the host interface.
NOTE: When in Auto Mode, swap RATE_SEL with RATE_DET.
4.9.2 Parallel Output in SMPTE Mode
When the device is operating in SMPTE mode (SMPTE_BYPASS = HIGH and DVB_ASI =
LOW), data is output in either Multiplexed or Demultiplexed form depending on the
setting of the 20bit/10bit pin.
When operating in 20-bit mode (20bit/10bit = HIGH), the output data is demultiplexed
Luma and Chroma data for SD and HD data rates, and Data Stream 1 and Data Stream 2
for the 3G data.
When operating in 10-bit mode (20bit/10bit = LOW), the output data is multiplexed
Luma and Chroma data for SD and HD data rates, and multiplexed Data Stream 1 and
Data Stream 2 for the 3G data. In this mode, the data is presented on the DOUT[19:10]
pins, with DOUT[9:0] being forced LOW.
4.9.3 Parallel Output in DVB-ASI Mode
In DVB-ASI mode, the 20bit/10bit pin must be set LOW to configure the output parallel
bus for 10-bit operation.
DVB-ASI mode is enabled when the AUTO/MAN bit is LOW, SMPTE_BYPASS pin is LOW
and the DVB_ASI pin is HIGH.
The extracted 8-bit data is presented on DOUT[17:10] such that DOUT[17:10] = HOUT ~
AOUT, where AOUT is the least significant bit of the decoded transport stream data.
In addition, the DOUT19 and DOUT18 pins are configured as DVB-ASI status signals
WORDERR and SYNCOUT respectively.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
40 of 148
SYNCOUT is HIGH whenever a K28.5 sync character is output from the device.
WORDERR is HIGH whenever the device has detected a running disparity error or
illegal code word.
4.9.4 Parallel Output in Data-Through Mode
This mode is enabled when the SMPTE_BYPASS and DVB_ASI pins are LOW.
In this mode, data is passed to the output bus without any decoding, descrambling or
word-alignment.
The output data width (10-bit or 20-bit) is controlled by the setting of the 20bit/10bit pin.
NOTE: In order to use Data-Through Mode, a 3G-B input signal must not be connected
at the input of the device when the switch is made from Auto Mode to Data-Through
Mode.
4.9.5 Parallel Output Clock (PCLK)
The frequency of the PCLK output signal of the GS2971 is determined by the output data
rate and the 20bit/10bit pin setting. Table 4-6 lists the output signal formats according to
the data format selected in Manual mode (AUTO/MAN bit in the host interface is set
LOW), or detected in Auto mode (AUTO/MAN bit in the host interface is set HIGH).
Table 4-6: GS2971 PCLK Output Rates
Output Data
Format
Pin/Control Bit Settings
PCLK Rate
20bit/
10bit
RATE_DET0
RATE_DET1
SMPTE_
BYPASS
DVB-ASI
20-bit demultiplexed
HD format
HIGH
LOW
LOW
HIGH
LOW
74.25 or
74.25/1.001MHz
20-bit data output
HD format
HIGH
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
74.25 or
74.25/1.001MHz
20-bit demultiplexed
SD format
HIGH
HIGH
X
HIGH
LOW
13.5MHz
20-bit data output
SD format
HIGH
HIGH
X
LOW
LOW
13.5MHz
20-bit demultiplexed
3G format
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
148.5 or
148.5/1.001MHz
10-bit multiplexed
3G DDR format
LOW
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
148.5 or
148.5/1.001MHz
10-bit multiplexed
HD format
LOW
LOW
LOW
HIGH
LOW
148.5 or
148.5/1.001MHz
10-bit data output
HD format
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
148.5 or
148.5/1.001MHz
10-bit multiplexed
SD format
LOW
HIGH
X
HIGH
LOW
27MHz
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
41 of 148
Table 4-6: GS2971 PCLK Output Rates (Continued)
Output Data
Format
Pin/Control Bit Settings
PCLK Rate
20bit/
10bit
RATE_DET0
RATE_DET1
SMPTE_
BYPASS
DVB-ASI
10-bit data output
SD format
LOW
HIGH
X
LOW
LOW
27MHz
10-bit ASI output
SD format
LOW
HIGH
X
LOW
HIGH
27MHz
4.9.6 DDR Parallel Clock Timing
The GS2971 has the ability to transmit 10-bit parallel video data with a DDR (Dual Data
Rate) pixel clock over a single-ended interface. DDR Mode can be enabled when the SDI
data bandwidth is 3Gb/s. In this case, the 10-bit parallel data rate is 297Mb/s, and the
frequency of the DDR clock is 148.5MHz (10-bit output in 3G mode).
The DDR pixel clock avoids the need to operate a high-drive pixel clock at 297MHz. This
reduces power consumption, clock drive strength, and noise generation, and precludes
from generating excessive EMI had PCLK on the board have to run at 297MHz. It also
enables easier board routing and avoids the need to use the higher-speed I/Os on FPGAs,
which may require more expensive speed grades.
Figure 4-8 shows how the DDR interface operates. The pixel clock is transmitted at half
the data rate, and the interleaved data is sampled at the receiver on both clock edges.
20-bit bus
(transition rate = 74.25MHz)
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
Y8
Y9
Cb0
Cr0
Cb1
Cr1
Cb2
Cr2
Cb3
Cr3
Cb4
Cr4
Y0
Cb
Y1
0
Y6
Cb
Y7
3
Y8
Cb
Y9
4
10-bit bus
(transition rate = 148.5MHz)
Cr
Cb
Y2
Y3
0
1
Cr
Cb
Y4
Y5
1
2
Cr
2
Cr
3
Cr
4
PCLK
(148.5MHz)
Figure 4-8: DDR Video Interface
The GS2971 has the ability to shift the Setup/Hold window on the receive interface, by
using an on-chip delay line to shift the phase of PCLK with respect to the data bus.
The timing of the PCLK output, relative to the data, can be adjusted through the host
interface registers. Address 06Ch contains the delay line controls:
Bit[5] (DEL_LINE_CLK_SEL) is a coarse delay adjustment that selects between the
default (nominal) PCLK phase and a quadrature phase, for a 90º phase shift.
Bits[4:0] (DEL_LINE_OFFSET) comprise a fine delay adjustment to shift the PCLK in
40ps increments (typical conditions). The maximum fine delay adjustment is
approximately 1.2ns under nominal conditions.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
42 of 148
An example delay adjustment over min/typ/max conditions is illustrated in Figure 4-9.
The target delay is 0.84 ns under typical conditions (approximately 45º PCLK phase
shift), and requires a control word setting of 0x0014 for address 0x006C.
90º phase shift
6.734ns
3.367ns
1.684ns
PCLK
0.842ns
offset [5] = 1 (90º phase shift)
Typical 45º phase shift
6.734ns
3.367ns
Ranges:
1.684ns
PCLK
(MIN)
0.58ns
delay
PCLK
(TYP)
0.84ns
delay
PCLK
(MAX)
1.38ns
delay
Figure 4-9: Delay Adjustment Ranges
4.10 Timing Signal Generator
The GS2971 has an internal timing signal generator which is used to generate digital
FVH timing reference signals, to detect and correct certain error conditions and
automatic video standard detection.
The timing signal generator is only operational in SMPTE mode (SMPTE_BYPASS =
HIGH).
The timing signal generator consists of a number of counters and comparators operating
at video pixel and video line rates. These counters maintain information about the total
line length, active line length, total number of lines per field/frame and total active lines
per field/frame for the received video standard.
It takes one video frame to obtain full synchronization to the received video standard.
NOTE: Both 8-bit and 10-bit TRS words are identified by the device. Once
synchronization has been achieved, the timing signal generator continues to monitor
the received TRS timing information to maintain synchronization.
The timing signal generator re-synchronizes all pixel and line based counters on every
received TRS ID. Note that for correct operation of the timing signal generator, the
SW_EN input pin must be set LOW, unless manual synchronous switching is enabled
(Section 4.10.1).
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
43 of 148
4.10.1 Manual Switch Line Lock Handling
The principle of switch line lock handling is that the switching of synchronous video
sources will only disturb the horizontal timing and alignment, whereas the vertical
timing remains in synchronization - i.e. switching between video sources of the same
format.
To account for the horizontal disturbance caused by a synchronous switch, the word
alignment block and timing signal generator automatically re-synchronizes to the new
timing immediately if the synchronous switch happens during the designated switch
line, as defined in SMPTE recommended practice RP168-2002.
The device samples the SW_EN pin on every PCLK cycle. When a Logic LOW to HIGH
transition on this pin is detected anywhere within the active line, the word alignment
block and timing signal generator re-synchronize immediately to the next TRS word.
This allows the system to force immediate lock on any line, if the switch point is
non-standard.
To ensure proper switch line lock handling, the SW_EN signal should be asserted HIGH
anywhere within the active portion of the line on which the switch has taken place, and
should be held HIGH for approximately one video line. After this time period, SW_EN
should be de-asserted. SW_EN should be held LOW during normal device operation.
NOTE: It is the rising edge of the SW_EN signal, which generates the switch line lock
re-synchronization. This edge must be in the active portion of the line containing the
video switch point.
Switch point
V ideo source 1
Video source 2
EAV
EAV
ANC
ANC
SAV
SAV
AC TIVE PICTU RE
AC TIVE PICTU RE
E AV
EAV
ANC
ANC
S AV EA V
ACTIVE P
ANC
ICTUR E
SAV E AV
ACTIVE PICTUR
ANC
E
EAV
ANC
EAV
SA V
ACTIVE PICTURE
EAV
A NC
SAV
ANC
S AV
ACTIVE PICTURE
EAV
ANC
SAV
sw itch video source 1 to 2
DA TA IN
EAV
ANC
SAV
AC TIVE PICTU RE
E AV
ANC
S AV
ACTIVE PICTURE
ANC
EAV
ANC
S AV
ACTIVE PICTURE
EAV
ANC
SAV
D ATA O U T
EAV
ANC
SAV
AC TIVE PICTU RE
E AV
ANC
S AV
ACTIVE PICTURE
ANC
EAV
ANC
S AV
ACTIVE PICTURE
EAV
ANC
SAV
TRS position
SW _EN
Re-synchronization
Switch point
Video source 1
Video source 2
EAV
EAV
ANC
ANC
SAV
SAV
AC TIVE PICTU RE
AC TIVE PICTU RE
E AV
EAV
ANC
ANC
S AV EA V
ACTIVE P
ANC
ICTUR E
SAV E AV
ACTIVE PICTUR
ANC
E
EAV
ANC
EAV
ANC
SA V
S AV
ACTIVE PICTURE
ACTIVE PICTURE
EAV
EAV
A NC
ANC
SAV
SAV
sw itch video source 2 to 1
DA TA IN
EAV
ANC
SAV
AC TIVE PICTU RE
EAV
ANC
SAV
ACTIVE PICTURE
EAV
ANC
SA V
ACTIVE PICTURE
EAV
A NC
SAV
D ATA O U T
EAV
ANC
SAV
AC TIVE PICTU RE
EAV
ANC
SAV
ACTIVE PICTURE
EAV
ANC
SA V
ACTIVE PICTURE
EAV
A NC
SAV
TRS position
SW _EN
Re-synchronization
Figure 4-10: Switch Line Locking on a Non-Standard Switch Line
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
44 of 148
4.10.2 Automatic Switch Line Lock Handling
The synchronous switch point is defined for all major video standards in SMPTE
RP168-2002. The device automatically re-synchronizes the word alignment block and
timing signal generator at the switch point, based on the detected video standard.
The device, as described in Section 4.10.1 and Figure 4-10 above, implements the
re-synchronization process automatically, every field/frame. The switch line is defined
as follows:
•
For 525 line interlaced systems: resynchronization takes place at then end of lines 10 & 273
•
For 525 line progressive systems: resynchronization takes place at then end of line 10
•
For 625 line interlaced systems: resynchronization takes place at then end of lines 6 & 319
•
For 625 line progressive systems: resynchronization takes place at then end of line 6
•
For 750 line progressive systems: resynchronization takes place at then end of line 7
•
For 1125 line interlaced systems: resynchronization takes place at then end of lines 7 & 568
•
For 1125 line progressive systems: resynchronization takes place at then end of line 7
NOTE: Unless indicated by SMPTE 352M payload identifier packets, the GS2971 does
not distinguish between 1125-line progressive segmented-frame (PsF) video and
1125-line interlaced video operating at 25 or 30fps. However. PsF video operating at
24fps is detected by the device.
A full list of all major video standards and switching lines is shown in Table 4-7.
4.10.3 Switch Line Lock Handling During Level B to Level A Conversion
When 3G data is detected by the GS2971, and Level B to Level A conversion is enabled,
the device only supports a limited phase offset between two synchronous video sources
if a synchronous switch is implemented.
If the synchronous switch point results in an “extended” active video period, the GS2971
only re-synchronizes to the following TRS ID if the phase difference between the two
sources is less than or equal to 10μs. If the phase difference is greater than 10μs, the
GS2971 takes one additional line to re-synchronize. In this case, the user may observe a
missing H pulse on the line following the switch line, on the H timing output.
NOTE: This 10μs constraint is only valid when Level B to Level A conversion is enabled,
and only when the synchronous switch point results in an extended active video area.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
45 of 148
Table 4-7: Switch Line Position for Digital Systems
System
Frame Rate
& Structure
1125
60/P
750
625
Pixel Structure
1920x1080
4:2:2
Signal
Standard
Parallel
Interface
274M + RP211
50/P
274M + RP211
60/I
274M + RP211
50/I
274M + RP211
30/P
274M + RP211
25/P
274M + RP211
24/P
274M + RP211
30/PsF
274M + RP211
25/PsF
274M + RP211
24/PsF
274M + RP211
60/P
1280x720
4:2:2
296M
50/P
296M
30/P
296M
25/P
296M
24/P
296M
50/P
720x576
4:2:2
4:2:0
50/I
960x576
720x576
4:2:2
4:4:4:4
4:2:2
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
Serial
Interface
Line No.
292
7
7/569
7
292
7
6
BT.1358
349M
292
BT.1358
347M
344M
BT.1358
BT.1358
BT.1362
BT.1358
349M
292
BT.1358
BT.1358
BT.1362
BT.601
349M
292
BT.601
BT.656
259M
BT.799
349M
292
BT.799
347M
344M
BT.799
BT.799
344M
BT.799
BT.799
−
BT.601
349M
292
BT.601
125M
259M
6/319
46 of 148
Table 4-7: Switch Line Position for Digital Systems (Continued)
System
Frame Rate
& Structure
525
59.94/P
Pixel Structure
720x483
4:2:2
4:2:0
59.94/I
960x483
720x483
4:2:2
4:4:4
4:2:2
HD-SDTI
P or PsF
structure
1920x1080
4:2:2
I structure
SDTI
Parallel
Interface
Serial
Interface
Line No.
293M
349M
292
10
293M
347M
344M
293M
293M
294M
293M
349M
292
293M
293M
294M
267M
349M
292
267M
267M
259M
267M
349M
292
267M
347M
344M
267M
RP174
344M
267M
RP175
RP175
125M
349M
292
125M
125M
259M
274M
274M + 348M
292
274M
P structure
1280x720
50/I
720x576
59.94/I
720x483
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
Signal
Standard
4:2:2
10/273
7
7/569
296M
296M + 348M
BT.656
BT.656 +
305M
125M
125M + 305M
7
259M
6/319
10/273
47 of 148
4.11 Programmable Multi-function Outputs
The GS2971 has 6 multi-function output pins, STAT [5:0], which are programmable via
the host interface to output one of the following signals:
Table 4-8: Output Signals Available on Programmable Multi-Function Pins
Status Signal
Selection Code
Default Output Pin
H/HSYNC (according to TIM_861 Pin) Section 4.12
0000
STAT 0
V/VSYNC (according to TIM_861 Pin) Section 4.12
0001
STAT 1
F/DE (according to TIM_861 Pin) Section 4.12
0010
STAT 2
LOCKED Section 4.7
0011
STAT 3
Y/1ANC Section 4.17
0100
STAT 4
C/2ANC Section 4.17
0101
−
DATA ERROR Section 4.16
0110
STAT 5
VIDEO ERROR
0111
−
AUDIO ERROR
1000
−
EDH DETECTED
1001
−
CARRIER DETECT
1010
−
RATE_DET0
1011
−
RATE_DET1
1100
−
NOTE:
Each of the STAT[5:0] pins are configurable individually using the register bits in the host interface; STAT[5:0]_CONFIG (008h/009h).
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
48 of 148
4.12 H:V:F Timing Signal Generation
The GS2971 extracts critical timing parameters from the received TRS words.
Horizontal blanking (H), Vertical blanking (V), and Field odd/even (F) timing are output
on the STAT[2:0] pins by default.
Using the H_CONFIG bit in the host interface, the H signal timing can be selected as one
of the following:
1. Active line blanking (H_CONFIG = LOW) - the H output is HIGH for the horizontal
blanking period, including the EAV TRS words.
2. TRS based blanking (H_CONFIG = HIGH) - the H output is set HIGH for the entire
horizontal blanking period as indicated by the H bit in the received TRS signals.
The timing of these signals is shown in Figure 4-11, Figure 4-12, Figure 4-13, Figure 4-14,
Figure 4-15, Figure 4-16 and Figure 4-17 below.
NOTE: Both 8-bit and 10-bit TRS words are identified by the device.
PCLK
LUMA DATA
CHROMA DATA
H
V
F
3FF
000
000
XYZ (EAV)
3FF
000
000
XYZ (SAV)
3FF
000
000
XYZ (EAV)
3FF
000
000
XYZ (SAV)
Figure 4-11: H:V:F Output Timing - 3G Level A and HDTV 20-bit Mode
PCLK (3G DDR)
PCLK (HD)
MULTIPLEXED Y’CbCr DATA (HD)
MULTIPLEXED DS1/DS2 DATA (3G)
H
V
F
3FF
3FF
000
000
000
000
XYZ (EAV) XYZ (EAV)
H VF T IM IN G A T E A V
PCLK (3G DDR)
PCLK (HD)
MULTIPLEXED Y’CbCr DATA (HD)
MULTIPLEXED DS1/DS2 DATA (3G)
3FF
3FF
000
000
000
000
XYZ (SAV) XYZ (SAV)
H
V
F
H VF T IM IN G A T S A V
H S IG N A L T IM IN G :
H _ C O N F IG = L O W
H _ C O N F IG = H IG H
Figure 4-12: H:V:F Output Timing - 3G Level A and HDTV 10-bit Mode
3G Level B 20-bit Mode, each 10-bit stream
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
49 of 148
PCLK (DDR)
MULTIPLEXED LINKA/LINKB DATA
H
V
F
3FF
3FF 3FF 3FF 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
XYZ
(eav)
XYZ
(eav)
XYZ
(eav)
XYZ
(eav)
H VF T IM IN G A T E A V
PCLK (DDR)
MULTIPLEXED LINKA/LINKB DATA
H
V
3FF 3FF
3FF 3FF 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
XYZ
(sav)
XYZ
(sav )
XYZ
(sav )
XYZ
(sav )
F
H VF T IM IN G A T S A V
H S IG N A L T IM IN G :
H _ C O N F IG = L O W
H _ C O N F IG = H IG H
Figure 4-13: H:V:F Output Timing - 3G Level B 10-bit Mode
PC LK
L U M A D A T A IN P U T
C H R O M A D A T A IN P U T
H
V
F
3FF
000
000
X Y Z (EAV)
3FF
000
000
X Y Z (SAV)
3FF
000
000
X Y Z (EAV)
3FF
000
000
X Y Z (SAV)
H S IG N A L T IM IN G :
H _ C O N F IG = L O W
H _ C O N F IG = H IG H
Figure 4-14: H:V:F Output Timing - HD 20-bit Output Mode
PC LK
M U L T IP L E X E D Y 'C b C r D A T A IN P U T
3FF
3FF
000
000
000
000
X Y Z (EAV)
X Y Z (EAV)
H
V
F
H V F T IM IN G A T E A V
PC LK
M U L T IP L E X E D Y 'C b C r D A T A IN P U T
3FF
3FF
000
000
000
000
X Y Z (SAV) X Y Z (SAV)
H
V
F
H V F T IM IN G A T S A V
Figure 4-15: H:V:F Output Timing - HD 10-bit Output Mode
P C LK
C H R O M A D A T A IN P U T
L U M A D A T A IN P U T
H
V
F
3FF
000
3FF
000
000
X Y Z (EAV)
000
X Y Z (SAV)
H S IG N A L T IM IN G :
H _ C O N F IG = L O W
H _ C O N F IG = H IG H
Figure 4-16: H:V:F Output Timing - SD 20-bit Output Mode
PC LK
M U L T IP L E X E D Y 'C b C r D A T A IN P U T
H
V
F
3FF
H S IG N A L T IM IN G :
000
000
X Y Z (EAV)
H _ C O N F IG = L O W
3FF
000
000
X Y Z (SAV)
H _ C O N F IG = H IG H
Figure 4-17: H:V:F Output Timing - SD 10-bit Output Mode
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
50 of 148
4.12.1 CEA-861 Timing Generation
The GS2971 is capable of generating CEA 861 timing instead of SMPTE HVF timing for
all of the supported video formats.
This mode is selected when the TIM_861 pin is HIGH.
Horizontal sync (HSYNC), Vertical sync (VSYNC), and Data Enable (DE) timing are
output on the STAT[2:0] pins by default.
Table 4-9 shows the CEA-861 formats supported by the GS2971:
Table 4-9: Supported CEA-861 Formats
Format
CEA-861 Format
VD_STD[5:0]
720(1440) x 480i @ 59.94/60Hz
6&7
16h, 17h, 19h, 1Bh
720(1440) x 576i @ 50Hz
21 & 22
18h, 1Ah
1280 x 720p @ 59.94/60Hz
4
20h, 00h
1280 x 720p @ 50Hz
19
24h, 04h
1920 x 1080i @ 59.94/60Hz
5
2Ah, 0Ah
1920 x 1080i @ 50Hz
20
2Ch, 0Ch
1920 x 1080p @ 29.97/30Hz
341
2Bh, 0Bh
1920 x 1080p @ 25Hz
332
2Dh, 0Dh
1920 x 1080p @ 23.98/24Hz
32
30h, 10h
1920 x 1080p @ 59.94/60Hz
161
2Bh
1920 x 1080p @ 50Hz
312
2Dh
NOTES:
1,2: Timing is identical for the corresponding formats.
4.12.1.1 Vertical Timing
When CEA861 timing is selected, the device outputs standards compliant CEA861
timing signals as shown in the figures below; for example 240 active lines per field for
SMPTE 125M.
The register bit TRS_861 is used to select DFP timing generator mode which follows the
vertical blanking timing as defined by the embedded TRS code words. This setting is
helpful for 525i. When TRS_861 is set LOW, DE will go HIGH for 480 lines out of 525.
When TRS_861 is set HIGH, DE will go HIGH for 487 lines out of 525.
The timing of the CEA 861 timing reference signals can be found in the CEA 861
specifications. For information, they are included in the following diagrams. These
diagrams may not be comprehensive.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
51 of 148
Table 4-10: CEA861 Timing Formats
Format
Parameters
4
H:V:DE Input Timing 1280 x 720p @ 59.94/60Hz
5
H:V:DE Input Timing 1920 x 1080i @ 59.94/60Hz
6&7
H:V:DE Input Timing 720 (1440) x 480i @ 59.94/60Hz
19
H:V:DE Input Timing 1280 x 720p @ 50Hz
20
H:V:DE Input Timing 1920 x 1080i @ 50Hz
21&22
H:V:DE Input Timing 720 (1440) x 576 @ 50Hz
16
H:V:DE Input Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 59.94/60Hz
31
H:V:DE Input Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 50Hz
32
H:V:DE Input Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 23.94/24Hz
33
H:V:DE Input Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 25Hz
34
H:V:DE Input Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 29.97/30Hz
1660 Total Horizontal Clocks per line
Data
Enable
370
1280 Clocks for Active Video
40
110
220 clocks
HSYNC
~
~
~
720 Active Vertical Lines
~
Progressive Frame: 30 Vertical Blanking Lines
~
~
~
~
Data
Enable
110
1650 clocks
260
745 746 747 748
749
750 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
25
26
~
~
~
~
HSYNC
745 746
750
VSYNC
Figure 4-18: H:V:DE Output Timing 1280 x 720p @ 59.94/60 (Format 4)
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
52 of 148
2200 Total Horizontal Clocks per line
Data
Enable
280
44
88
1920 Clocks for Active Video
148 clocks
HSYNC
~
~
~
~
~
Data
Enable
~
540 Active Vertical Lines per field
Field 1: 22 Vertical Blanking Lines
2200 clocks
88
192
~
~
HSYNC
1123 1124 1125 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
19
20
21
560 561 562
VSYNC
~
~
561
562 563 564 565 566 567 568
~
192
HSYNC
560
~
2200 clocks
1100
88
~
~
~
Data
Enable
~
540 Active Vertical Lines per field
Field 2: 23 Vertical Blanking Lines
569 570
582
583
584
1123 1124 1125
VSYNC
Figure 4-19: H:V:DE Output Timing 1920 x 1080i @ 59.94/60 (Format 5)
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
53 of 148
1716 Total Horizontal Clocks per line
Data
Enable
276
124
38
1440 Clocks for Active Video
114 clocks
HSYNC
~
~
~
~
~
Data
Enable
240 Active Vertical Lines per field
~
Field 1: 22 Vertical Blanking Lines
1716 clocks
38
238
HSYNC
524 525
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
21
22
261 262 263
VSYNC
~
~
240 Active Vertical Lines per field
Field 2: 23 Vertical Blanking Lines
~
~
Data
Enable
1716 clocks
38
238
858
HSYNC
284 285
261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271
524 525
1
VSYNC
Figure 4-20: H:V:DE Output Timing 720 (1440) x 480i @ 59.94/60 (Format 6&7)
1980 Total Horizontal Clocks per line
Data
Enable
700
40
440
1280 Clocks for Active Video
220 clocks
HSYNC
~
1980 clocks
260
745 746 747
748 749
750
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
~
~
~
HSYNC
~
~
440
~
~
~
~
Data
Enable
~
720 Active Vertical Lines
Progressive Frame: 30 Vertical Blanking Lines
25
26
745 746
750
VSYNC
Figure 4-21: H:V:DE Output Timing 1280 x 720p @ 50 (Format 19)
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
54 of 148
2640 Total Horizontal Clocks per line
Data
Enable
720
44
1920 Clocks for Active Video
148 clocks
528
HSYNC
~
~
~
~
~
Data
Enable
~
540 Active Vertical Lines per field
Field 1: 22 Vertical Blanking Lines
2640 clocks
528
192
~
~
HSYNC
1123 1124 1125 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
19
20
21
560 561 562
VSYNC
~
~
561
562 563 564 565 566 567 568
~
192
HSYNC
560
~
2640 clocks
1320
528
~
~
~
Data
Enable
~
540 Active Vertical Lines per field
Field 2: 23 Vertical Blanking Lines
569 570
582
583
584
1123 1124 1125
VSYNC
Figure 4-22: H:V:DE Output Timing 1920 x 1080i @ 50 (Format 20)
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
55 of 148
1728 Total Horizontal Clocks per line
Data
Enable
288
126
24
1440 Clocks for Active Video
138 clocks
HSYNC
~
~
~
~
~
Data
Enable
~
288 Active Vertical Lines per field
Field 1: 24 Vertical Blanking Lines
1728 clocks
264
~~
24
HSYNC
623 624 625
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
22
23
310 311 312
VSYNC
~
~
288 Active Vertical Lines per field
Field 2: 25 Vertical Blanking Lines
~
~
Data
Enable
24
1728 clocks
864
264
HSYNC
310 311 312
313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320
335 336
623 624 625
VSYNC
Figure 4-23: H:V:DE Output Timing 720 (1440) x 576 @ 50 (Format 21 & 22)
2200 Total Horizontal Clocks per line
Data
Enable
88
280
1920 Clocks for Active Video
44
148 clocks
HSYNC
Progressive Frame: 45 Vertical Blanking Lines
~
~
~
~
~
~
Data
Enable
1080 Active Vertical Lines
2200 clocks
192
~
HSYNC
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
41
42
~
~
88
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125
VSYNC
Figure 4-24: H:V:DE Output Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 59.94/60 (Format 16)
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
56 of 148
2640 Total Horizontal Clocks per line
Data
Enable
720
44
528
1920 Clocks for Active Video
148 clocks
HSYNC
~
~
~
~
~
Data
Enable
~
1080 Active Vertical Lines
Progressive Frame: 45 Vertical Blanking Lines
2640 clocks
192
~
HSYNC
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
41
42
~
~
528
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125
VSYNC
Figure 4-25: H:V:DE Output Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 50 (Format 31)
2750 Total Horizontal Clocks per line
Data
Enable
830
44
638
1920 Clocks for Active Video
148 clocks
HSYNC
Progressive Frame: 45 Vertical Blanking Lines
~
~
~
~
~
~
Data
Enable
1080 Active Vertical Lines
2750 clocks
192
~
HSYNC
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
41
42
~
~
638
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125
VSYNC
Figure 4-26: H:V:DE Output Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 23.94/24 (Format 32)
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
57 of 148
2640 Total Horizontal Clocks per line
Data
Enable
720
44
528
1920 Clocks for Active Video
148 clocks
HSYNC
Progressive Frame: 45 Vertical Blanking Lines
~
~
~
~
~
~
Data
Enable
1080 Active Vertical Lines
2640 clocks
192
~
HSYNC
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
41
42
~
~
528
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125
VSYNC
Figure 4-27: H:V:DE Output Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 25 (Format 33)
2200 Total Horizontal Clocks per line
Data
Enable
280
44
88
1920 Clocks for Active Video
148 clocks
HSYNC
Progressive Frame: 45 Vertical Blanking Lines
~
~
~
2220 clocks
~
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
41
42
~
~
192
HSYNC
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125
~
88
~
~
Data
Enable
1080 Active Vertical Lines
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125
VSYNC
Figure 4-28: H:V:DE Output Timing 1920 x 1080p @ 29.97/30 (Format 34)
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
58 of 148
4.13 Automatic Video Standards Detection
Using the timing extracted from the received TRS signals, the GS2971 is able to identify
the received video standard.
In 3G input mode, the GS2971 measures the timing parameters of one of the two
identical data streams. The Rate Selection/Indication bits and the VD_STD code may be
used in combination to determine the video standard.
The total samples per line, active samples per line, total lines per field/frame and active
lines per field/frame are all measured.
Four registers are provided to allow the system to read the video standard information
from the device. These raster structure registers are provided in addition to the
VIDEO_FORMAT_352_A_X and VIDEO_FORMAT_352_B_X registers, and are updated
once per frame at the end of line 12.
The raster structure registers also contain three status bits: STD_LOCK, INT/PROG and
M. The STD_LOCK bit is set HIGH whenever the timing signal generator is fully
synchronized to the incoming standard, and detects it as one of the supported formats.
The INT/PROG bit is set HIGH if the detected video standard is interlaced and LOW if the
detected video standard is progressive. M is set HIGH if the clock frequency includes the
“1000/1001” factor denoting a 23.98, 29.97 or 59.94Hz frame rate.
The video standard code is reported in the VD_STD bits of the host interface register.
Table 4-11 describes the 5-bit codes for the recognized video standards.
Table 4-11: Supported Video Standard Codes
SMPTE
Standard
Active Video Area
RATE_
DET[1]
HD/3G
RATE_
DET[0]
SD/HD
Lines
per
Frame
Active
Lines per
Frame
Words
per
Active
Line
Words
per Line
VD_STD
[5:0]
425M (3G)
4:2:2
1920x1080/60 (1:1)
1
0
1125
1080
1920
2200
2Bh
1920x1080/50 (1:1)
1
0
1125
1080
1920
2640
2Dh
425M (3G)
4:4:4
1920x1080/60 (2:1) or
1920x1080/30 (PsF)
1
0
1125
1080
3840
4400
2Ah
1920x1080/50 (2:1) or
1920x1080/25 (PsF)
1
0
1125
1080
3840
5280
2Ch
1280x720/60 (1:1)
1
0
750
720
2560
3300
20h
1280x720/50 (1:1)
1
0
750
720
2560
3960
24h
1920x1080/30 (1:1)
1
0
1125
1080
3840
4400
2Bh
1920x1080/25 (1:1)
1
0
1125
1080
3840
5280
2Dh
1280x720/25 (1:1)
1
0
750
720
2560
7920
26h
1920x1080/24 (1:1)
1
0
1125
1080
3840
5500
30h
1280x720/24 (1:1)
1
0
750
720
2560
8250
28h
260M (HD)
1920x1035/60 (2:1)
0
0
1125
1035
1920
2200
15h
295M (HD)
1920x1080/50 (2:1)
0
0
1250
1080
1920
2376
14h
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
59 of 148
Table 4-11: Supported Video Standard Codes (Continued)
SMPTE
Standard
Active Video Area
RATE_
DET[1]
HD/3G
RATE_
DET[0]
SD/HD
Lines
per
Frame
Active
Lines per
Frame
Words
per
Active
Line
Words
per Line
VD_STD
[5:0]
274M (HD)
1920x1080/60 (2:1) or
1920x1080/30 (PsF)
0
0
1125
1080
1920
2200
0Ah
1920x1080/50 (2:1) or
1920x1080/25 (PsF)
0
0
1125
1080
1920
2640
0Ch
1920x1080/30 (1:1)
0
0
1125
1080
1920
2200
0Bh
1920x1080/25 (1:1)
0
0
1125
1080
1920
2640
0Dh
1920x1080/24 (1:1)
0
0
1125
1080
1920
2750
10h
1920x1080/24 (PsF)
0
0
1125
1080
1920
2750
11h
1920x1080/25 (1:1) –
EM
0
0
1125
1080
2304
2640
0Eh
1920x1080/25 (PsF) –
EM
0
0
1125
1080
2304
2640
0Fh
1920x1080/24 (1:1) –
EM
0
0
1125
1080
2400
2750
12h
1920x1080/24 (PsF) –
EM
0
0
1125
1080
2400
2750
13h
1280x720/30 (1:1) –
EM
0
0
750
720
1280
3300
02h
1280x720/30 (1:1) –
EM
0
0
750
720
2880
3300
03h
1280x720/50 (1:1)
0
0
750
720
1280
1980
04h
1280x720/50 (1:1) –
EM
0
0
750
720
1728
1980
05h
1280x720/25 (1:1)
0
0
750
720
1280
3960
06h
1280x720/25 (1:1) –
EM
0
0
750
720
3456
3960
07h
1280x720/24 (1:1)
0
0
750
720
1280
4125
08h
1280x720/24 (1:1) –
EM
0
0
750
720
3600
4125
09h
1280x720/60 (1:1)
0
0
750
720
1280
1650
00h
1280x720/60 (1:1) –
EM
0
0
750
720
1440
1650
01h
1440x487/60 (2:1)
x
1
525
244 or 243
1440
1716
16h
1440x507/60
x
1
525
254 or 253
1440
1716
17h
525-line 487 generic
x
1
525
−
−
1716
19h
525-line 507 generic
x
1
525
−
−
1716
1Bh
296M (HD)
296M (HD)
125M (SD)
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
60 of 148
Table 4-11: Supported Video Standard Codes (Continued)
SMPTE
Standard
Active Video Area
RATE_
DET[1]
HD/3G
RATE_
DET[0]
SD/HD
Lines
per
Frame
Active
Lines per
Frame
Words
per
Active
Line
Words
per Line
VD_STD
[5:0]
ITU-R
BT.656
(SD)
1440x576/50 (2:1) Or
dual link progressive)
x
1
625
−
1440
1728
18h
625-line generic
x
1
625
−
−
1728
1Ah
Unknown
HD
SD/HD = 0
0
0
−
−
−
−
1Dh
Unknown
SD
SD/HD = 1
x
1
−
−
−
−
1Eh
Unknown
3G
SD/HD = 0
1
0
−
−
−
−
3Ch
Notes:
1. The Line Numbers in brackets refer to version zero SMPTE 352M packet locations, if they are different from version 1.
2. The part may provide full or limited functionality with standards that are not included in this table. Please consult a
Semtech technical representative.
3. For SD-SDI streams, the device can report an incorrect M value when SMPTE-352M packets are present.
NOTE: In certain systems, due to greater ppm offsets in the crystal, the ‘M’ bit may not
assert properly. In such cases, bits 3:0 in Register 06Fh can be increased to a maximum
value of 4.
By default (after power up or after systems reset), the four RASTER_STRUCTURE,
VD_STD, STD_LOCK and INT/PROG fields are set to zero. These fields are also cleared
when the SMPTE_BYPASS pin is LOW.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
61 of 148
4.14 Data Format Detection & Indication
In addition to detecting the video standard, the GS2971 detects the data format, i.e. SDTI,
SDI, TDM data (SMPTE 346M), etc.
This information is represented by bits in the DATA_FORMAT_DSX register accessible
through the host interface.
Data format detection is only carried out when the LOCKED signal is HIGH.
By default (at power up or after system reset), the DATA_FORMAT_DSX register is set to
Fh (undefined). This register is also set as undefined when the LOCKED signal is LOW
and/or the SMPTE_BYPASS pin is LOW.
Table 4-12: Data Format Register Codes
YDATA_FORMAT[3:0] or
CDATA_FORMAT[3:0]
Data Format
Remarks
0h ~ 05h
SDTI
SMPTE 321M, SMPTE 322M,
SMPTE 326M
6h
SDI
−
7h
Reserved
−
8h
TDM
SMPTE 346M
9h
HD-SDTI
−
Ah ~ Eh
Reserved
−
Fh
Non-SMPTE data
format
Detected data format is not SMPTE.
SMPTE_BYPASS = LOW or LOCKED =
LOW
The data format is determined using the following criteria:
•
If TRS ID words are detected but no SDTI header or TDM header is detected, then
the data format is SDI
•
If TRS ID words are detected and the SDTI header is available then the format is
SDTI
•
If TRS ID words are detected and the TDM data header is detected then the format is
TDM video
•
No TRS words are detected, but the PLL is locked, then the data format is unknown
NOTE: Two data format sets are provided for HD video rates. This is because the Y and
Cr/Cb channels can be used separately to carry SDTI data streams of different data
formats. In SD video mode only the Y data format register contains the data, and the C
register is set to Fh (undefined format).
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
62 of 148
4.15 EDH Detection
4.15.1 EDH Packet Detection
The GS2971 determines if EDH packets are present in the incoming video data and
asserts the EDH_DETECT status according to the SMPTE standard.
EDH_DETECT is set HIGH when EDH packets have been detected and remains HIGH
until EDH packets are no longer present. It is set LOW at the end of the vertical blanking
(falling edge of V) if an EDH packet has not been detected during vertical blanking.
EDH_DETECT can be programmed to be output on the multi-function output port pins.
The EDH_DETECT bit is also available in the host interface.
4.15.2 EDH Flag Detection
The EDH flags for ancillary data, active picture, and full field regions are extracted from
the detected EDH packets and placed in the EDH_FLAG_IN register.
When the EDH_FLAG_UPDATE_MASK bit in the host interface is set HIGH, the GS2971
updates the Ancillary Data, Full Field, and Active Picture EDH flags according to SMPTE
RP165. The updated EDH flags are available in the EDH_FLAG_OUT register. The EDH
packet output from the device contains these updated flags.
One set of flags is provided for both fields 1 and 2. The field 1 flag data is overwritten by
the field 2 flag data.
When EDH packets are not detected, the UES flags in the EDH_FLAG_OUT register are
set HIGH to signify that the received signal does not support Error Detection and
Handling. In addition, the EDH_DETECT bit is set LOW. These flags are set regardless of
the setting of the EDH_FLAG_UPDATE_MASK bit.
EDH_FLAG_OUT and EDH_FLAG_IN may be read via the host interface at any time
during the received frame except on the lines defined in SMPTE RP165, when these flags
are updated.
The GS2971 indicates the CRC validity for both active picture and full field CRCs. The
AP_CRC_V bit in the host interface indicates the active picture CRC validity, and the
FF_CRC_V bit indicates the full field CRC validity. When EDH_DETECT = LOW, these
bits are cleared.
The EDH_FLAG_OUT and EDH_FLAG_IN register values remain set until overwritten by
the decoded flags in the next received EDH packet. When an EDH packet is not detected
during vertical blanking, the flag registers are cleared at the end of the vertical blanking
period.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
63 of 148
4.16 Video Signal Error Detection & Indication
The GS2971 includes a number of video signal error detection functions. These are
provided to enhance operation of the device when operating in SMPTE mode
(SMPTE_BYPASS = HIGH). These features are not available in the other operating modes
of the device (i.e. when SMPTE_BYPASS = LOW).
Signal errors that can be detected include:
1. TRS errors.
2. HD line based CRC errors.
3. EDH errors.
4. HD line number errors.
5. Video standard errors.
The device maintains an ERROR_STAT_X register. Each error condition has a specific
flag in the ERROR_STAT_X register, which is set HIGH whenever an error condition is
detected.
An ERROR_MASK register is also provided, allowing the user to select which error
conditions are reported. Each bit of the ERROR_MASK register corresponds to a unique
error type.
Separate SD_AUDIO_ERROR_MASK and HD_AUDIO_ERROR_MASK registers for SD
and HD audio cores are also provided, allowing select error conditions to be reported.
Each bit of each ERROR_MASK register corresponds to a unique error type.
By default (at power up or after system reset), all bits of the ERROR_MASK registers are
zero, enabling all errors to be reported. Individual error detection may be disabled by
setting the corresponding bit HIGH in the mask registers.
Error conditions are indicated by a VIDEO _ERROR signal and an AUDIO_ERROR signal,
which are available for output on the multifunction I/O output pins. The two signals are
also combined into a summary DATA_ERROR signal, which is also available on the
multifunction I/O pins. These signals are normally HIGH, but are set LOW by the device
when an error condition has been detected.
These signals are a logical 'NOR' of the appropriate error status flags stored in the
ERROR_STAT_X register, which are gated by the bit settings in the ERROR_MASK
registers. When an error status bit is HIGH and the corresponding error mask bit is LOW,
the corresponding DATA_ERROR signal is set LOW by the device.
The ERROR_STAT_X registers, and correspondingly the DATA_ERROR, VIDEO_ERROR,
and AUDIO_ERROR signals, are cleared at the start of the next video field or when read
via the host interface, which ever condition occurs first. Note that any AUDIO_ERROR
condition will cause DATA_ERROR to assert. Use the SD_AUDIO_ERROR_MASK and
HD_AUDIO_ERROR_MASK registers if masking these events is desired.
All bits of the ERROR_STAT_X registers are also cleared under any of the following
conditions:
1. LOCKED signal = LOW.
2. SMPTE_BYPASS = LOW.
3. When a change in video standard has been detected.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
64 of 148
4. RESET_TRST = LOW
Table 4-13 shows the ERROR_STAT_X register and ERROR_MASK_X register.
NOTE: Since the error indication registers are cleared once per field, if an external host
micro is polling the error registers periodically, an error flag may be missed if it is
intermittent, and the polling frequency is less than the field rate.
Table 4-13: Error Status Register and Error Mask Register
Video Error Status Register
Video Error Mask Register
SAV_ERR (02h, 03h)
SAV_ERR_MASK (037h, 038h)
EAV_ERR (02h, 03h)
EAV_ERR_MASK (037h, 038h)
YCRC_ERR (02h, 03h)
YCRC_ERR_MASK (037h, 038h)
CCRC_ERR (02h, 03h)
CCRC_ERR_MASK (037h, 038h)
LNUM_ERR (02h, 03h)
LNUM_ERR_MASK (037h, 038h)
YCS_ERR (02h, 03h)
YCS_ERR_MASK (037h, 038h)
CCS_ERR (02h, 03h)
CCS_ERR_MASK (037h, 038h)
AP_CRC_ERR (02h)
AP_CRC_ERR_MASK (037h)
FF_CRC_ERR (02h)
FF_CRC_ERR_MASK (037h)
VD_STD_ERR (02h, 03h)
VD_STD_ERR_MASK (037h)
NOTE 1: See Section 4.19 for Audio Error Status.
NOTE 2: In 3G Level B mode, separate Video Error Mask registers exist for Link A and
Link B. The GS2971 distinguishes between Level A and Level B mappings at 3Gb/s.
When Level B data is detected, error detection is enabled separately for Data Stream 1
and Data Stream 2 (Link A and Link B, respectively). Therefore, a second set of error
status and mask registers is available for Data Stream 2, and is only valid when 3Gb/s
Level B data is detected by the device.
4.16.1 TRS Error Detection
TRS error flags are generated by the GS2971 under the following two conditions:
1. A phase shift in received TRS timing is observed on a non-switching line.
2. The received TRS Hamming codes are incorrect.
Both SAV and EAV TRS words are checked for timing and data integrity errors.
For HD mode, only the Y channel TRS codes are checked for errors.
For 3G mode Level A signals, only data stream one TRS codes are checked for errors. For
3G Level B signals, the Y channel TRS codes of both Link A and Link B are checked for
errors.
Both 8-bit and 10-bit TRS code words are checked for errors.
The SAV_ERR bit of the ERROR_STAT_X register is set HIGH when an SAV TRS error is
detected.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
65 of 148
The EAV_ERR bit of the ERROR_STAT_X register is set HIGH when an EAV TRS error is
detected.
4.16.2 Line Based CRC Error Detection
The GS2971 calculates line based CRCs for HD and 3G video signals. CRC calculations
are done for each 10-bit channel (Y and C for HD video, DS1 and DS2 for 3G video).
These calculated CRC values are compared with the received CRC values.
If a mismatch in the calculated and received CRC values is detected for Y channel data
(Data Stream 1 for 3G video), the YCRC_ERR bit in the ERROR_STAT_X register is set
HIGH.
If a mismatch in the calculated and received CRC values is detected for C channel data
(Data Stream 2 for 3G video), the CCRC_ERR bit in the ERROR_STAT_X register is set
HIGH.
Y or C CRC errors are also generated if CRC values are not embedded.
Line based CRC errors are only generated when the device is operating in HD and 3G
modes.
NOTE: By default, 8-bit to 10-bit TRS remapping is enabled. If an 8-bit input is used, the
HD CRC check is based on the 10-bit remapped value, not the 8-bit value, so the CRC
Error Flag is incorrectly asserted and should be ignored. If 8-bit to 10-bit remapping is
enabled, then CRC correction and insertion should be enabled by setting the
CRC_INS_MASK bit in the IOPROC_DISABLE register LOW. This ensures that the CRC
values are updated.
4.16.3 EDH CRC Error Detection
The GS2971 also calculates Full Field (FF) and Active Picture (AP) CRC's according to
SMPTE RP165 in support of Error Detection and Handling packets in SD signals.
These calculated CRC values are compared with the received CRC values.
Error flags for AP and FF CRC errors are provided and each error flag is a logical OR of
field 1 and field 2 error conditions.
The AP_CRC_ERR bit in the VIDEO_ERROR_STAT_X register is set HIGH when an Active
Picture CRC mismatch has been detected in field 1 or 2.
The FF_CRC_ERR bit in the VIDEO_ERROR_STAT_X register is set HIGH when a Full
Field CRC mismatch has been detected in field 1 or 2.
EDH CRC errors are only indicated when the device is operating in SD mode and when
the device has correctly received EDH packets.
4.16.4 HD & 3G Line Number Error Detection
If a mismatch in the calculated and received line numbers is detected, the LNUM_ERR
bit in the VIDEO_ERROR_STAT_X register is set HIGH.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
66 of 148
4.17 Ancillary Data Detection & Indication
The GS2971 detects ancillary data in both the vertical and horizontal ancillary data
spaces. Status signal outputs Y/1ANC and C/2ANC are provided to indicate the position
of ancillary data in the output data streams. These signals may be selected for output on
the multi-function I/O port pins (STAT[5:0]).
The GS2971 indicates the presence of all types of ancillary data by detecting the 000h,
3FFh, 3FFh (00h, FFh, FFh for 8-bit video) ancillary data preamble.
NOTE: Both 8 and 10-bit ancillary data preambles are detected by the device.
By default (at power up or after system reset) the GS2971 indicates all types of ancillary
data. Up to 5 types of ancillary data can be specifically programmed for recognition.
For HD video signals, ancillary data may be placed in both the Y and Cb/Cr video data
streams separately. For SD video signals, the ancillary data is multiplexed and combined
into the YCbCr data space.
For 3G signals, ancillary data may be placed in either or both of the virtual interface data
streams. Both data streams are examined for ancillary data.
For a 3G data stream formatted as per Level A mapping:
•
The ancillary data is placed in Data Stream 1 first, with overflow into Data Stream 2
•
SMPTE 352M packets are duplicated in both data streams
For a 3G data stream formatted as per Level B mapping:
•
Each multiplexed data stream forming the 3G signal contains ancillary data
embedded according to SMPTE 291M
•
Each multiplexed data stream forming the 3G signal contains SMPTE 352M packets
embedded according to SMPTE 425M
When operating in HD mode, the Y/1ANC signal is HIGH whenever ancillary data is
detected in the Luma data stream, and C/2ANC is HIGH whenever ancillary data is
detected in the Chroma data stream. The signals are asserted HIGH at the start of the
ancillary data preamble, and remain HIGH until after the ancillary data checksum.
When detecting ancillary data in 3G Level A data, the Y/1ANC status output is HIGH
whenever Data Stream 1 ancillary data is detected and the C/2ANC status output is
HIGH whenever Data Stream 2 ancillary data is detected.
When detecting ancillary data in 3G Level B data, the Y/1ANC status output is HIGH
whenever Data Stream 1 ancillary data is detected on either Y or C channels and the
C/2ANC status output is HIGH whenever Data Stream 2 ancillary data is detected on
either Y or C channels.
When operating in SD mode, the Y/1ANC and C/2ANC signals depend on the output
data format. For 20-bit demultiplexed data, the Y/1ANC and C/2ANC signals operate
independently to indicate the first and last ancillary Data Word position in the Luma
and/or Chroma data streams. For 10-bit multiplexed data, the Y/1ANC signal is HIGH
whenever ancillary data is detected, and the C/2ANC signal is always LOW.
When operating in 3G modes, the Y/1ANC and C/2ANC flags are both zero if the 10-bit
multiplexed output format is selected.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
67 of 148
These status signal outputs are synchronous with PCLK and may be used as
clock-enables for external logic, or as write-enables for an external FIFO or other
memory devices.
The operation of the Y/1ANC and C/2ANC signals is shown below in Figure 4-29.
NOTE 1: When I/O processing is disabled, the Y/1ANC and C/2ANC flags may toggle,
but they are invalid and should be ignored.
NOTE 2: In 3G Level B mode, if the ANC_EXT_SEL_DS2_DS1 bit is HIGH and the
ANC_DATA_DELETE bit is HIGH, the Y/1ANC and C/2ANC flags are not valid.
NOTE 3: For 3G Level B data, the Y/1ANC flag identifies all ANC data on Data Stream 1
(Link A), whether it is embedded in the Y or C component – ANC data is not identified
separately for each component. Similarly, the C/2ANC flag identifies all ANC data on
Data Stream 2 (Link B), whether it is embedded in the Y or C component.
PC LK
LU M A D ATA O U T
000
3FF
3FF
D ID
DBN
DC
ANC DATA
CSUM
BLANK
BLAN K
CHRO M A DATA O UT
000
3FF
3FF
D ID
DBN
DC
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
CSUM
Y/1ANC
C/2ANC
A N C D A T A D E T E C T IO N - H D T V 2 0 B IT O U T P U T M O D E
PC LK
M U L T IP L E X E D
Y 'C b C r
000
000
3FF
3FF
3FF
3FF
Y D ID
CANC
YCSUM
CCSUM
Y/1ANC
C/2ANC
A N C D A T A D E T E C T IO N - H D T V 1 0 B IT O U T P U T M O D E
PC LK
LU M A D ATA O U T
CHRO M A DATA O UT
BLAN K
3FF
D ID
DC
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
CSUM
BLAN K
000
3FF
DBN
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
BLAN K
BLAN K
Y/1ANC
C/2ANC
A N C D A T A D E T E C T IO N - S D T V 2 0 B IT O U T P U T M O D E
PC LK
M U L T IP L E X E D
Y 'C b C r
000
3FF
3FF
D ID
DBN
DC
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
CSUM
BLANK
Y/1ANC
A N C D A T A D E T E C T IO N - S D T V 1 0 B IT O U T P U T M O D E
Figure 4-29: Y/1ANC and C/2ANC Signal Timing
4.17.1 Programmable Ancillary Data Detection
As described above in Section 4.17, the GS2971 detects and indicates all ancillary data
types by default.
It is possible to program which ancillary data types are to be detected and indicated. Up
to 5 different ancillary data types may be programmed for detection by the GS2971 in
the ANC_TYPE_DS1 registers for SD, HD and 3G Level A data.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
68 of 148
When so programmed, the GS2971 only indicates the presence of the specified ancillary
data types, ignoring all other ancillary data. For each data type to be detected, the user
must program the DID and/or SDID of that ancillary data type. In the case where no DID
or SDID values are programmed, the GS2971 indicates the presence of all ancillary data.
In the case where one or more, DID and/or SDID values have been programmed, then
only those matching data types are detected and indicated.
The timing of the Y/1ANC and C/2ANC signals in this case is as shown in Figure 4-29.
The GS2971 compares the received DID and/or SDID with the programmed values. If a
match is found, ancillary data is indicated.
For any DID or SDID value set to zero, no comparison or match is made. For example, if
the DID is programmed and the SDID is not programmed, the GS2971 only detects a
match to the DID value.
If both DID and SDID values are non-zero, then the received ancillary data type must
match both the DID and SDID before Y/1ANC and/or C/2ANC is set HIGH.
NOTE 1: For 3G Level B data, the ANC_TYPE_DS1 registers are valid for Data Stream 1,
and a second set of five ANC_TYPE registers (ANC_TYPE_DS2) is provided for detection
of specific ancillary data in Data Stream 2.
NOTE 2: SMPTE 352M Payload Identifier packets and Error Detection and Handling
(EDH) Packets are always detected by the GS2971, irrespective of the settings of the
ANC_TYPE registers.
4.17.2 SMPTE 352M Payload Identifier
The GS2971 automatically extracts the SMPTE 352M payload identifier present in the
input data stream for SD, HD, and 3G Level A signals. The four word payload identifier
packets are written to VIDEO_FORMAT_X_DS1 and VIDEO_FORMAT_X_DS2 bits
accessible through the host interface.
The device also indicates the version of the payload packet in the VERSION_352M bit of
the DATA_FORMAT_DSX register. When the SMPTE 352M packet is formatted as a
“version 1” packet, the VERSION_352M bit is set HIGH, when the packet is formatted as
a “version 2” packet, this bit is set LOW.
The VIDEO_FORMAT_352_A_X and VIDEO_FORMAT_352_B_X registers are only
updated if there are no checksum errors in the received SMPTE 352M packets.
By default (at power up or after system reset), the VIDEO_FORMAT_X_DS1 and
VIDEO_FORMAT_X_DS2 bits are set to 0, indicating an undefined format.
NOTE 1: When 3G Level B data is detected by the device, the user needs to extract the
SMPTE 352M Payload Identifier packets by using the ANC packet extraction block - they
are not detected and extracted automatically. In this case:
•
The VD_STD_ERR bit is not valid
•
352M extraction is only done on one data stream or the other, not both
simultaneously (Link A or Link B selected via the host interface)
•
Previously embedded 352M packets can be deleted on one data stream only (using
the ANC_DATA_DELETE bit, see Section 4.18.8), but these packets are replaced with
10-bit Y/C blanking values only
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
69 of 148
•
It is necessary to manually extract the SMPTE 352M data by programming the DID,
SDID and line number information into the ANC data extraction block
NOTE 2: SMPTE 352M packet regeneration is enabled by default for 3G Level B inputs,
and should be disabled through the host interface if Level B to Level A conversion is not
enabled.
4.17.2.1 SMPTE 352M Payload Identifier Usage
The SMPTE 352M Payload Identifier is used to confirm the video format identified by the
Automatic Video Standards Detection block (see Section 4.17.4)
Table 4-14: SMPTE 352M Packet Data
Bit Name
VIDEO_FORMAT_4_DS1
Bit
Name
Description
R/W
Default
15-8
SMPTE 352M
Byte 4
Data is available in this register when Video Payload
Identification Packets are detected in the data
stream.
R
0
7-0
SMPTE 352M
Byte 3
R
0
15-8
SMPTE 352M
Byte 2
R
0
7-0
SMPTE 352M
Byte 1
R
0
Address: 01Ah
VIDEO_FORMAT_3_DS1
Address: 01Ah
VIDEO_FORMAT_2_DS1
Address: 019h
VIDEO_FORMAT_2_DS1
Address: 019h
4.17.2.2 3G SMPTE 352M Packets Following Level B to Level A Conversion
After Level B to Level A conversion, modified payload data must be programmed via the
host interface into the VIDEO_FORMAT_352_X_X registers and automatically inserted
by the GS2971 on the correct SMPTE 352M Line Number.
SMPTE 352M Packets are embedded in both data streams.
Previously embedded 352M packets may be deleted from one data stream only (using
the ANC_DATA_DELETE bit, see Section 4.18.8), but these packets are replaced with
10-bit Y/C blanking values.
NOTE: Pre-existing SMPTE 352M Packets that are not deleted are re-mapped to
different line numbers during conversion to Level A formatting. These packets should be
ignored by the system, since they are on non-standard SMPTE 352M lines.
4.17.3 Ancillary Data Checksum Error
The GS2971 calculates checksums for all received ancillary data.
These calculated checksums are compared with the received ancillary data checksum
words.
If a mismatch in the calculated and received checksums is detected, then a checksum
error is indicated.
When operating in HD mode, the device makes comparisons on both the Y and C
channels separately. If an error condition in the Y channel is detected, the YCS_ERR bit
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
70 of 148
in the VIDEO_ERROR_STAT_X register is set HIGH. If an error condition in the C channel
is detected, the CCS_ERR bit in the VIDEO_ERROR_STAT_X register is set HIGH.
When operating in 3G Level A mode, the device makes comparisons on both the Y (Data
Stream 1) and C (Data Stream 2) channels separately. If an error condition in the Y
channel is detected, the YCS_ERR bit in the VIDEO_ERROR_STAT_X register is set HIGH.
If an error condition in the C channel is detected, the CCS_ERR bit in the
VIDEO_ERROR_STAT_X register is set HIGH.
When operating in 3G Level B mode, the device makes comparisons on both the Y
channel and the C channel of both Link A and Link B.
When operating in SD mode, only the YCS_ERR bit is set HIGH when checksum errors
are detected.
4.17.3.1 Programmable Ancillary Data Checksum Calculation
As described above, the GS2971 calculates and compares checksum values for all
ancillary data types by default. It is possible to program which ancillary data types are
checked as described in Section 4.17.1.
When so programmed, the GS2971 only checks ancillary data checksums for the
specified data types, ignoring all other ancillary data.
The YCS_ERR and/or CCS_ERR bits in the VIDEO_ERROR_STAT_X register are only set
HIGH if an error condition is detected for the programmed ancillary data types.
4.17.4 Video Standard Error
If a mismatch between the received SMPTE 352M packets and the calculated video
standard occurs, the GS2971 indicates a video standard error by setting the
VD_STD_ERR bit of the VIDEO_ERROR_STAT_X register HIGH.
The device detects the SMPTE 352M Packet version as defined in the SMPTE 352M
standard. If the incoming packet is Version Zero, then no comparison is made with the
internally generated payload information and the VD_STD_ERR bit is not set HIGH.
NOTE 1: If the received SMPTE 352M packet indicates 25, 30 or 29.97PsF formats, the
device only indicates an error when the video format is actually progressive. The device
detects 24 and 23.98PsF video standards and perform error checking at these rates.
NOTE 2: The VD_STD_ERR bit should be ignored in all 3G modes.
NOTE 3: VD_STD_ERR_DS1 is set incorrectly for a 1920x1080/PsF/24 payload ID. To
resolve this issue, choose one of the two methods.
•
Set the VD_STD_ERR_DS1 mask bit high in the ERROR_MASK_1 register to avoid
having incorrect assertion of the DATA_ERROR pin.
•
Monitor the received SMPTE ST0352 packet in the VIDEO_FORMAT_352_A_1 and
VIDEO_FORMAT_352_B_1 registers and compare that to the video format
identified in the VD_STD_DS1 bits in the DATA_FORMAT_DS1 register. Then, make
the determination of whether or not there is a mismatch on their own.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
71 of 148
4.18 Signal Processing
In addition to error detection and indication, the GS2971 can also correct errors,
inserting corrected code words, checksums and CRC values into the data stream.
The following processing can be performed by the GS2971:
1. TRS error correction and insertion.
2. HD line based CRC correction and insertion.
3. EDH CRC error correction and insertion.
4. HD line number error correction and insertion.
5. Illegal code re-mapping.
6. Ancillary data checksum error correction and insertion.
7. Audio extraction.
8. SMPTE 372M (Level B to Level A) Conversion.
All of the above features are only available in SMPTE mode (SMPTE_BYPASS = HIGH).
To enable these features, the IOPROC_EN/DIS pin must be set HIGH, and the individual
feature must be enabled via bits in the IOPROC_DISABLE register.
The IOPROC_DISABLE register contains one bit for each processing feature allowing
each one to be enabled/disabled individually.
By default (at power up or after system reset), all of the IOPROC_DISABLE register bits
are LOW, enabling all of the processing features.
To disable an individual processing feature, set the corresponding IOPROC_DISABLE bit
HIGH in the IOPROC_DISABLE register.
Table 4-15: IOPROC_DISABLE Register Bits
Processing Feature
IOPROC_DISABLE Register Bit
TRS error correction and insertion
TRS_INS
Y and C line based CRC error correction
CRC_INS
Y and C line number error correction
LNUM_INS
Ancillary data check sum correction
ANC_CHECKSUM_INSERTION
EDH CRC error correction
EDH_CRC_INS
Illegal code re-mapping
ILLEGAL_WORD_REMAP
H timing signal configuration
H_CONFIG
Update EDH Flags
EDH_FLAG_UPDATE_MASK
Audio Data Extraction
AUDIO_SEL
Ancillary Data Extraction
ANC_DATA_EXT
Audio Extraction
AUD_EXT
Regeneration of 352M packets
REGEN_352M
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
72 of 148
4.18.1 TRS Correction & Insertion
When TRS Error Correction and Insertion is enabled, the GS2971 generates and
overwrites TRS code words as required.
TRS Word Generation and Insertion is performed using the timing generated by the
Timing Signal Generator, providing an element of noise immunity over using just the
received TRS information.
This feature is enabled when the IOPROC_EN/DIS pin is HIGH and the
TRS_INS_DISABLE bit in the IOPROC_DISABLE register is set LOW.
NOTE: Inserted TRS code words are always 10-bit compliant, irrespective of the bit
depth of the incoming video stream.
4.18.2 Line Based CRC Correction & Insertion
When CRC Error Correction and Insertion is enabled, the GS2971 generates and inserts
line based CRC words into both the Y and C channels of the data stream.
Line based CRC word generation and insertion only occurs in HD and 3G modes, and is
enabled in when the IOPROC_EN/DIS pin is HIGH and the CRC_INS_DSX_MASK bit in
the IOPROC_X register is set LOW.
4.18.3 Line Number Error Correction & Insertion
When Line Number Error Correction and Insertion is enabled, the GS2971 calculates
and inserts line numbers into the output data stream. Re-calculated line numbers are
inserted into both the Y and C channels.
Line number generation is in accordance with the relevant HD or 3G video standard as
determined by the Automatic Standards Detection block.
This feature is enabled when the device is operating in HD or 3G modes, the
IOPROC_EN/DIS pin is HIGH and the LNUM_INS_DSX_MASK bit in the IOPROC_X
register is set LOW.
4.18.4 ANC Data Checksum Error Correction & Insertion
When ANC data Checksum Error Correction and Insertion is enabled, the GS2971
generates and inserts ancillary data checksums for all ancillary data words by default.
Where user specified ancillary data has been programmed (see Section 4.17.1), only the
checksums for the programmed ancillary data are corrected.
This feature is enabled when the IOPROC_EN/DIS pin is HIGH and the
ANC_CHECKSUM_INSERTION_DSX_MASK bit in the IOPROC_X register is set LOW.
4.18.5 EDH CRC Correction & Insertion
When EDH CRC Error Correction and Insertion is enabled, the GS2971 generates and
overwrites full field and active picture CRC check-words.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
73 of 148
Additionally, the device sets the active picture and full field CRC 'V' bits HIGH in the
EDH packet. The AP_CRC_V and FF_CRC_V register bits only report the received EDH
validity flags.
EDH FF and AP CRC's are only inserted when the device is operating in SD mode, and if
the EDH data packet is detected in the received video data.
Although the GS2971 modifies and inserts EDH CRC's and EDH packet checksums, EDH
error flags are only updated when the EDH_FLAG_UPDATE_MASK bit is LOW.
This feature is enabled in SD mode, when the IOPROC_EN/DIS pin is HIGH and the
EDH_CRC_INS_MASK bit in the IOPROC_1 register is set LOW.
4.18.6 Illegal Word Re-mapping
All words within the active picture (outside the horizontal and vertical blanking
periods), between the values of 3FCh and 3FFh are re-mapped to 3FBh. All words within
the active picture area between the values of 000h and 003h are remapped to 004h.
This feature is enabled when the IOPROC_EN/DIS pin is HIGH and the
ILLEGAL_WORD_REMAP_DSX_MASK bit in the IOPROC_X register is set LOW.
4.18.7 TRS and Ancillary Data Preamble Remapping
8-bit TRS and ancillary data preambles are re-mapped to 10-bit values. 8-bit to 10-bit
mapping of TRS headers is only supported if the TRS values are 3FC 000 000. Other
values such as 3FD, 3FE, 3FF, 001, 002 and 003 are not supported. This feature is enabled
by default, and cannot be disabled via the IOPROC_X register.
4.18.8 Ancillary Data Extraction
Ancillary data may be extracted externally from the GS2971 output stream using the
Y/1ANC and C/2ANC signals, and external logic.
As an alternative, the GS2971 includes a FIFO, which extracts ancillary data using read
access via the host interface to ease system implementation. The FIFO stores up to 2048
x 16 bit words of ancillary data in two separate 1024 word memory banks.
The device writes the contents of ANC packets into the FIFO, starting with the first
Ancillary Data Flag (ADF), followed by up to 1024 words.
All Data Identification (DID), Secondary Data Identification (SDID), Data Count (DC),
user data, and checksum words are written into the device memory.
The device detects ancillary data packet DID's placed anywhere in the video data
stream, including the active picture area.
Ancillary data from the Y channel or Data Stream One is placed in the Least Significant
Word (LSW) of the FIFO, allocated to the lower 8 bits of each FIFO address.
Ancillary data from the C channel or Data Stream Two is placed in the Most Significant
Word (MSW) (upper 8 bits) of each FIFO address.
NOTE: Please refer to the ANC insertion and Extraction Application Note (Doc ID:
53410), for discrete steps and example of Ancillary data extraction.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
74 of 148
In SD mode, ancillary data is placed in the LSW of the FIFO. The MSW is set to zero.
If the ANC_TYPE registers are all set to zero, the device extracts all types of ancillary
data. If programmable ancillary data extraction is required, then up to five types of
ancillary data to be extracted can be programmed in the ANC_TYPE registers (see
Section 4.17.1).
Additionally, the lines from which the packets are to be extracted can be programmed
into the ANC_LINEA[10:0] and ANC_LINEB[10:0] registers, allowing ancillary data from
a maximum of two lines per frame to be extracted. If only one line number register is
programmed (with the other set to zero), ancillary data packets are extracted from one
line per frame only. When both registers are set to zero, the device extracts packets from
all lines.
To start Ancillary Data Extraction, the ANC_DATA_EXT_MASK bit of the host interface
must be set LOW. Ancillary data packet extraction begins in the following frame (see
Figure 4-30: Ancillary Data Extraction - Step A).
Bank B
Bank A
Application Layer
Read Pointer
0
ANC DATA
800h
0
800h
BFFh
1023
BFFh
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
Internal Write
Pointer
1023
ANC_DATA_SWITCH=LOW
Figure 4-30: Ancillary Data Extraction - Step A
Ancillary data is written into Bank A until full. The Y/1ANC and C/2ANC output flags
can be used to determine the length of the ancillary data extracted and when to begin
reading the extracted data from memory.
While the ANC_DATA_EXT_MASK bit is set LOW, the ANC_DATA_SWITCH bit can be
set HIGH during or after reading the extracted data. New data is then written into Bank
B (up to 1024 x 16-bit words), using the corresponding host interface addresses (see
Figure 4-31: Ancillary Data Extraction - Step B).
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
75 of 148
Bank B
Bank A
0
ANC DATA
Internal Write
Pointer
800h
0
800h
1023
BFFh
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
Application Layer
Read Pointer
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
BFFh
1023
ANC_DATA_SWITCH = HIGH
Figure 4-31: Ancillary Data Extraction - Step B
To read the new data, toggle the ANC_DATA_SWITCH bit LOW. The old data in Bank A
is cleared to zero and extraction continues in Bank B (see Figure 4-32: Ancillary Data
Extraction - Step C).
Bank A
0
800h
Bank B
Application Layer
Read Pointer
0
ANC DATA
800h
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
Internal Write
Pointer
1023
BFFh
1023
BFFh
ANC_DATA_SWITCH = LOW
Figure 4-32: Ancillary Data Extraction - Step C
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
76 of 148
If the ANC_DATA_SWITCH bit is not toggled, extracted data is written into Bank B until
full. To continue extraction in Bank A, the ANC_DATA_SWITCH bit must be toggled
HIGH (see Figure 4-33: Ancillary Data Extraction - Step D).
Bank B
Bank A
Internal Write
Pointer
0
800h
0
ANC DATA
800h
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
Application Layer
Read Pointer
ANC DATA
ANC DATA
1023
800h
1023
BFFh
ANC_DATA_SWITCH = HIGH
Figure 4-33: Ancillary Data Extraction - Step D
Toggling the ANC_DATA_SWITCH bit LOW returns the process to step A (Figure 4-30).
NOTE: Toggling the ANC_DATA_SWITCH must occur at a time when no extraction is
taking place, i.e. when the both the Y/1ANC and C/2ANC signals are LOW.
To turn extraction off, the ANC_DATA_EXT_MASK bit must be set HIGH.
In HD mode, the device can detect ancillary data packets in the Luma video data only,
Chroma video data only, or both. By default (at power-up or after a system reset), the
device extracts ancillary data packets from the luma channel only.
In 3G mode Level A, the device can detect ancillary data packets in Luma video (Data
Stream One) only, Chroma video (Data Stream Two) only, or both. By default (at
power-up or after a system reset), the device extracts ancillary data packets from Data
Stream One only.
In 3G mode Level B mode, the device can detect ancillary data packets in Luma video
only, Chroma video only, or both from either Link A or Link B. Selection of Link A or Link
B for ANC data extraction is done via the host interface. By default (at power-up or after
a system reset), the device extracts ancillary data packets from Link A Luma only.
To extract packets from the Chroma/Data Stream Two channel only, the HD_ANC_C2
bit of the host interface must be set HIGH. To extract packets from both Luma/Data
Stream One and Chroma/Data Stream Two video data, the HD_ANC_Y1_C2 bit must be
set HIGH (the setting of the HD_ANC_C2 bit is ignored).
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
77 of 148
The default setting of both the HD_ANC_C2 and HD_ANC_Y1_C2 is LOW. The setting of
these bits is ignored when the device is configured for SD video standards.
Ancillary data packet extraction and deletion is disabled when the IOPROC_EN/DIS pin
is set LOW.
After extraction, the ancillary data may be deleted from the video stream by setting the
ANC_DATA_DEL bit of the host interface HIGH. When set HIGH, all existing ancillary
data is removed and replaced with blanking values. If any of the ANC_TYPE registers are
programmed with a DID and/or DID and SDID, only the ancillary data packets with the
matching IDs are deleted from the video stream.
NOTE 1: After the ancillary data determined by the ANC_TYPE_X_APX registers has
been deleted, other existing ancillary data may not be contiguous. The device does not
concatenate the remaining ancillary data.
NOTE 2: Reading extracted ancillary data from the host interface must be performed
while there is a valid video signal present at the serial input and the device is locked
(LOCKED signal is HIGH).
4.18.9 Level B to Level A Conversion
When IOPROC_2 register bit LEVEL_B2A_CONV_DISABLE_MASK is HIGH (default),
the GS2971 does not convert 3G LEVEL B streams between Level A and Level B mapping
formats.
When LEVEL_B2A_CONV_DISABLE_MASK is LOW, the GS2971 converts a 3G 1080p
Level B stream to the Level A mapping format, as per SMPTE 425M.
The device assumes that Link A and Link B are phase-aligned at the transmitter.
The output data are line multiplexed such that the data content from Link A and Link B
are assembled in a continuous fashion, at twice the input data rate. Extracted timing
reference information is used to trigger a line counter which embeds the correct line
number according to SMPTE 425M.
The Level B/A conversion acts only on the active picture, ANC data can become corrupt
outside of this region. In order to ensure that the embedded ANC data remains valid, we
recommend extracting the ANC data with the receiver prior to the Level B/A conversion
taking place.
NOTE 1: If Level B/A conversion is enabled, previous 352M Payload ID packets are not
deleted from the data stream.
NOTE 2: When Level B/A conversion is enabled, timing reference information (FVH)
present on the STAT outputs is not phase-aligned with the output video data, and should
not be used for line or frame synchronization activities. Being that CEA 861 timing is
derived from (FVH) timing reference information, it too should not be used. During Level
B to Level A conversion, it is advised that the user generates the H and V timing signals
from the embedded TRS words.
NOTE 3: If the GS2971 sees a synchronous switch where the difference in phases
between two Level B inputs is greater than ~10.7μs, the user may observe a missing H
pulse on the line following the switch line, when Level B/A conversion is enabled.
NOTE 4: Discontinuities in the line of video at the input of the Level B to A converter can
cause erroneous mapping to the Level A format. Therefore, when enabling B to A
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
78 of 148
conversion or enabling/disabling audio, it is recommended to reset the Level B to A
converter with the following sequence:
1. Assert the B to A converter reset by writing '1' to bit 3 of register 05Eh.
2. Monitor H-pulse for a high-to-low transition.
3. De-assert the B to A converter reset by writing '0' to bit 3 of register 05Eh. This must
be completed at the beginning of SAV and should be completed in 1920 PCLK
periods.
4.19 Audio De-embedder
The GS2971 includes an integrated audio de-embedder which is enabled by default in
SMPTE mode. It can be disabled by setting the AUDIO_EN/DIS pin LOW, or by setting the
host interface AUD_EXT_MASK bit to HIGH, or by keeping IOPROC_EN/DIS pin LOW.
In non-SMPTE modes, the audio de-embedder is not active.
Up to eight channels of audio may be extracted from the received serial digital video
stream. The output signal formats supported by the device include AES/EBU, I2S
(default) and industry standard serial digital formats.
16, 20 and 24-bit audio bit depths are supported for 48kHz synchronous audio for SD
data rates. For HD and 3G data rates, 16, 20 and 24-bit audio bit depths are supported for
48kHz audio. The audio may be synchronous or asynchronous to the video.
In 3G mode:
•
In Level A mode, all Audio Control Packets are extracted from Data Stream One and
all Audio Data Packets are extracted from Data Stream Two, in accordance with
SMPTE 425M. This is similar to HD, in which Audio Control Packets are embedded
in the Luma channel and audio data packets in the Chroma channel
•
In Level B mode, extraction of audio packets from Link A (default) or Link B is
selectable via the AUDIO_SEL_DS2_DS1 bit in the host interface
Additional audio processing features include audio mute on loss of lock, de-embed and
delete, group selection, audio output re-mapping, ECC error detection and correction
(HD/3G modes only), and audio channel status extraction.
4.19.1 Serial Audio Data I/O Signals
The Serial Audio Data I/O pins are listed in Table 4-16: Serial Audio Pin Descriptions.
Table 4-16: Serial Audio Pin Descriptions
Audio
Pin Name
AUDIO_EN/DIS
Description
Enable Input for Audio Processing
AOUT_1/2
Serial Audio output; Channels 1 and 2
AOUT_3/4
Serial Audio output; Channels 3 and 4
AOUT_5/6
Serial Audio Output; Channels 5 and 6
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
79 of 148
Table 4-16: Serial Audio Pin Descriptions (Continued)
Audio
Pin Name
Description
AOUT_7/8
Serial Audio Output; Channels 7 and 8
ACLK
64fs clock
WCLK
Word clock
AMCLK
Audio Master Clock, selectable 128fs, 256fs, or 512fs
The timing of the serial audio output signals, the WCLK output signal, and the ACLK
output signal is as shown in Figure 4-34: ACLK to Data Signal Output Timing.
I/O Timing Specs:
Audio Outputs:
128fs = 162.76ns (AES/EBU)
64fs = 325.52ns (other modes)
AOUT*
A0
A1
80%
A2
A3
80%
ACLK
20%
toh
tr
20%
tf
tod
Audio Outputs
3.3V
AOUT
toh
1.500ns
tr/tf (min)
0.600ns
Cload
6 pF
tod
tr/tf (max)
7.000ns 2.200ns
1.8V
Cload
15 pF
toh
1.500ns
tr/tf (min)
0.600ns
Cload
6 pF
tod
7.000ns
tr/tf (max)
2.300ns
Cload
15 pF
Figure 4-34: ACLK to Data Signal Output Timing
When AUDIO_EN/DIS is set HIGH, audio extraction is enabled and the audio output
signals are extracted from the video data stream. When set LOW, the serial audio
outputs, ACLK and WCLK outputs are set LOW.
In addition, all functional logic associated with audio extraction is disabled to reduce
power consumption.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
80 of 148
4.19.2 Serial Audio Data Format Support
The GS2971 supports the following serial audio data formats:
•
I2S (default)
•
AES/EBU
•
Serial Audio Left Justified, MSB First
•
Serial Audio Left Justified, LSB First
•
Serial Audio Right Justified, MSB First
•
Serial Audio Right Justified, LSB First (this mode is not supported in SD)
By default (at power up or after system reset) I2S is selected. The other data formats are
selectable via the host interface using the AMA/AMB[1:0] bits.
Table 4-17: Audio Output Formats
AMA/AMB[1:0]
Audio Output Format
00
AES/EBU audio output
01
Serial audio output: Left Justified; MSB first
10
Serial audio output: Right Justified; MSB first
11
I2S (Default)
The serial audio output formats may use LSB first according to the settings of the control
bits LSB_FIRSTA, LSB_FIRSTB, LSB_FIRSTC, and LSB_FIRSTD. When in I2S mode, these
control bits must all be set LOW (default).
When I2S format is desired, both groups must be set to I2S (i.e. AMA = AMB = 11). This is
because they share the same WCLK.
Channel A (Left)
WCLK
Channel B (Right)
ACLK
AOUT[8/7:2/1]
23
22
6
5
4
3
2
1
MSB
23
0
LSB
22
6
5
4
3
2
0
1
MSB
LSB
Figure 4-35: I2S Audio Output Format
WCLK
Channel A (Left)
Channel B (Right)
ACLK
AOUT[8/7:2/1]
0
1
2
Preamble
3
4
5
6
AUX
7
8
27
28
29
30
31
LSB
MSB
V
U
C
P
0
1
2
Preamble
3
4
5
6
AUX
7
8
27
28
29
30
31
LSB
MSB
V
U
C
P
Figure 4-36: AES/EBU Audio Output Format
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
81 of 148
WCLK
Channel A (Left)
Channel B (Right)
ACLK
AOUT[8/7:2/1] 23
22
21
6
5
4
3
2
1
MSB
0
23
LSB
MSB
22
21
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
LSB
Figure 4-37: Serial Audio, Left Justified, MSB First
WCLK
Channel A (Left)
Channel B (Right)
ACLK
AOUT[8/7:2/1]
0
1
2
17
18
19
20
21
22
LSB
23
0
1
2
17
18
19
20
21
22
LSB
MSB
23
MSB
Figure 4-38: Serial Audio, Left Justified, LSB First
Channel A (Left)
WCLK
Channel B (Right)
ACLK
AOUT[8/7:2/1]
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
2
1
MSB
0
23
LSB
MSB
22
21
20
19
18
17
2
1
0
LSB
Figure 4-39: Serial Audio, Right Justified, MSB First
Channel A (Left)
WCLK
Channel B (Right)
ACLK
AOUT[8/7:2/1]
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
LSB
21
22
23
0
MSB
LSB
1
2
3
4
5
6
21
22 23
MSB
Figure 4-40: Serial Audio, Right Justified, LSB First
4.19.2.1 AES/EBU Mode
In AES/EBU output mode, the audio de-embedder uses a 128fs (6.144MHz audio bit
clock) clock as shown in Figure 4-41.
6.144MHz
AMCLK
(128fs)
AOUT_1/2, AOUT_3/4
AOUT_5/6, AOUT_7/8
Figure 4-41: AES/EBU Audio Output to Bit Clock Timing
4.19.2.2 Audio Data Packet Extraction Block
The audio de-embedder looks for audio data packets on every line of the incoming
video.
The audio data must be embedded according to SMPTE 272M (SD) or SMPTE 299M (HD
or 3G).
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
82 of 148
In 3G Level A signals, the audio data packets must be embedded only in Data Stream
Two.
In 3G Level B signals, the audio data packets must be embedded in the Chroma streams
of either Link A or Link B.
The Audio Group Detect registers are set HIGH when audio data packets with a
corresponding group DID are detected in the input video stream. The host interface
reports the individual audio groups detected.
Table 4-18: Audio Data Packet Detect Register
Name
Description
Default
ADPG4_DET
Audio Group Four Data Packet Detection (1: Detected)
0
ADPG3_DET
Audio Group Three Data Packet Detection (1: Detected)
0
ADPG2_DET
Audio Group Two Data Packet Detection (1: Detected)
0
ADPG1_DET
Audio Group One Data Packet Detection (1: Detected)
0
When an audio data packet with a DID set in IDA[1:0] and IDB[1:0] is detected, the audio
sample information is extracted and written into the audio FIFO.
The embedded audio group selected by IDA[1:0] is described henceforth in this
document as Group A or Primary Group. The embedded audio group selected by
IDB[1:0] is described henceforth in this document as Group B or Secondary Group.
Due to the large size of the horizontal ancillary data space in 720p/24, 720p/25 and
720p/30 video standards, the maximum number of ancillary data words the audio
de-embedder can process is limited to 1024 when configured for these standards.
4.19.2.3 Audio Control Packets
The audio de-embedder automatically detects the presence of audio control packets in
the video stream. When audio control packets for audio Group A are detected, the
CTRA_DET bit of the host interface is set HIGH. When audio control packets for audio
Group B are detected, the CTRB_DET bit of the host interface is set HIGH.
The audio control packet data is accessible via the host interface.
The audio control packets must be embedded according to SMPTE 272M (SD) or SMPTE
299M (HD and 3G). In 3G Level A signals, the audio control packets must be embedded
only in Data Stream One. In 3G Level B signals the audio control packets must be
embedded in the Luma streams of each link that carries audio.
NOTE: In SD, the control packet host interface registers are updated with new control
packet values, after the CTRA_DET/CTRB_DET flags are cleared. In HD, the update
happens automatically.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
83 of 148
4.19.2.4 Setting Packet DID
Table 4-19 below, shows the 2-bit host interface setting for the audio group DID's.
For 24-bit audio support in SD mode, extended audio packets for Group A must have the
same group DID set in IDA[1:0] of the host interface. Extended audio packets for Group
B must have the same group DID set in IDB[1:0] of the host interface.
The audio de-embedder automatically detects the presence of extended audio packets.
When detected, the audio output format is set to 24-bit audio sample word length.
The audio de-embedder defaults to audio Groups One and Two, where Group A is
extracted from packets with audio Group One DID, and Group B from packets with
audio Group Two DID.
Table 4-19: Audio Group DID Host Interface Settings
Audio
Group
SD Data
DID
SD Extended
DID
HD Data
DID
SD Control
DID
HD Control
DID
Host Interface Register Setting
(2-bit)
1
2FFh
1FEh
2E7h
1EFh
1E3h
00b
2
1FDh
2FCh
1E6h
2EEh
2E2h
01b
3
1FBh
2FAh
1E5h
2EDh
2E1h
10b
4
2F9h
1F8h
2E4h
1ECh
1E0h
11b
Table 4-20: Audio Data and Control Packet DID Setting Register
Name
Description
Default
IDA[1-0]
Group A Audio data and control packet DID setting
00b
IDB[1-0]
Group B Audio data and control packet DID setting
01b
4.19.2.5 Audio Packet Delete Block
To delete all ancillary data with a group DID shown in Table 4-19, the ALL_DEL bit in the
host interface must be set HIGH.
4.19.2.6 ECC Error Detection & Correction Block (HD Mode Only)
The audio de-embedder performs BCH(31,25) forward error detection and correction, as
described in SMPTE 299M. The error correction for all embedded audio data packets is
activated when the host interface ECC_OFF bit is set LOW (default LOW). The audio
de-embedder corrects any errors in both the audio output and the embedded packet.
When a one-bit error is detected in a bit array of the ECC protected region of the audio
data packet with audio group DID set in IDA[1:0], the ECCA_ERROR flag is set HIGH.
When a one-bit error is detected in the ECC protected region of the audio data packet
with audio group DID set in IDB[1:0], the ECCB_ERROR flag is set HIGH.
Figure 4-42 shows examples of error correction and detection. Up to 8 bits in error can
be corrected, providing each bit error is in a different bit array (shown below). When
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
84 of 148
there are two or more bits in error in the same 24-bit array, the errors are detected, but
not corrected.
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
24-bit array
ADF ADF ADF
DID
DBN
DC
CLK
CLK CH1 CH1 CH1 CH1 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH4 CH4 CH4 CH4
DID
DBN
DC
CLK
CLK CH1 CH1 CH1 CH1 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH4 CH4 CH4 CH4
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Errors corrected
ADF ADF ADF
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Errors detected but not corrected
Figure 4-42: ECC 24-bit Array and Examples
4.19.3 Audio Processing
4.19.3.1 Audio Clock Generation
For SD and HD/3G audio, a single set of audio frequencies is generated for all audio
channels, using a Direct Digital Period Synthesizer (DDPS) to minimize jitter.
•
For Mapping structure one signals (1080p 50, 59.94 or 60), the pixel clock is
148.5(/M) MHz, and the phase data are based on this rate. An Audio Master Clock
(AMCLK) is also generated. The frequency is selectable via the host interface as:
Š fs x 128
Š fs x 256
Š fs x 512
In SD mode, audio clocks are derived from the PCLK.
In HD/3G modes, the input control for the DDPS is derived from the two embedded
audio clock phase words in the audio data packet corresponding to Group A. The audio
clock phase information used is taken from the first embedded audio packet in the
HANC space. With no embedded audio present, the device will not generate ACLK or
WCLK. The IGNORE_PHASE bit should be asserted in this case to ensure the proper
AMCLK frequency is generated.
The audio de-embedder also includes a Flywheel block to overcome any inconsistencies
in the embedded audio clock phase information.
If the audio phase data is not present in the audio data packets, or is incorrect, the
NO_PHASEA_DATA bit in the host interface is set and the clock will free-run based on
the detected video format, the PCLK and the M value. IGNORE_PHASE should be set
HIGH when NO_PHASEA_DATA is set. This does not occur automatically.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
85 of 148
When the IGNORE_PHASE bit in the host interface is set HIGH, it is recommended that
the M value be programmed via the host interface. This can be done by setting the
FORCE_M bit HIGH, and programming the desired value into FORCE_MEQ1001. The
correct value can be obtained by reading the M bit from the Video Core Registers.
If the DDPS is locked to phase data and audio data packets are lost or corrupted, the
Clock Generator will flywheel for up to four audio data packets. If no valid audio data
packet with valid phase data is provided within this time, the Clock Generator will
free-run based on the video format, the PCLK and the M value.
If the IGNORE_PHASE bit in the host interface is HIGH, the clock will free-run based on
the video format, the PCLK and the M value, independent of the NO_PHASEA_DATA bit.
In the 720p/24 video format, the total line length is 4125 pixels, which requires a
resolution of 13 bits for the audio clock phase words in the embedded audio data
packets. SMPTE 299M only specifies a maximum of 12 bits resolution. Proposed changes
to SMPTE 299M suggest using bit 5 of UDW1 (currently reserved and set to zero) in the
audio data packet as the MSB (ck13) for the audio clock phase data, providing 13 bits
resolution.
Some audio encoders may hold the clock phase value at a maximum value when
reached, until reset at the end of the line. This produces a small amount of audio phase
jitter for the period of one sample.
To overcome this issue, the audio de-embedder checks for all cases. On detection of the
maximum value, a comparison is made between previous clock phases and the correct
position interpolated. If the clock phase data value starts to decrease, the de-embedder
checks to see if bit 5 (ck13) of UDW1 in the audio data packet is set. If ck13 is set, the
correct value is used. If ck13 is not set, the correct position is interpolated.
4.19.3.2 Detect 5-Frame Sequence Block
5-frame sequence detection is required for 525-line based video formats only. The audio
de-embedder checks the Audio Frame Number sequence in the audio control packets,
when present. If the audio frame sequence is running (repeated 1 to 5 count), the audio
de-embedder uses this information to determine the 5-frame sequence. If the audio
control packet is not present, or the Audio Frame Number words are set to 200h, the
audio de-embedder detects the 5-frame sequence by counting the number of samples
per frame. Figure 4-43 shows the number of samples per frame over a 5-frame
sequence.
8008 Samples
Frame 5
Frame 1
Frame 2
Frame 3
Frame 4
Frame 5
Frame 1
1602
1602
1601
1602
1601
1602
1602
1602 Repeat
Figure 4-43: Sample Distribution over 5 Video Frames (525-line Systems)
When the audio inputs are asynchronously switched or disrupted, the audio
de-embedder continues to write audio samples into the audio buffer, based on the
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
86 of 148
current 5-frame sequence. The de-embedder then re-locks to the new 5-frame
sequence, at which point a sample may be lost.
NOTE: In SD, all four channel pairs must follow the same 5-frame sequence.
4.19.3.3 Audio FIFO Block
The function of the FIFO block is to change the audio data word rate from the ANC rate
multiplexed with the video signal to the 48kHz audio output rate.
The audio FIFO block contains the audio sample buffers; one per audio channel. Each
buffer is 36 audio samples deep. At power up or reset, the read pointer is held at the zero
position until 26 samples have been written into the FIFO (allows for 6 lines per frame
with no audio samples; a maximum of 4 samples per line in SD Mode). See Figure 4-44.
Read
Pointer
25
Address 0
35
Audio Buffer
Write
Pointer
Figure 4-44: Audio Buffer After Initial 26 Sample Write
The position of the write pointer with respect to the read pointer is monitored
continuously. If the write pointer is less than 6 samples ahead of the read pointer (point
A in Figure 4-45), a sample is repeated from the read-side of the FIFO. If the write pointer
is less than 6 samples behind the read pointer (point B in Figure 4-45), a sample is
dropped. This avoids buffer underflow/overflow conditions.
Read
Pointer
Address 0
5
29
35
Audio Buffer
A
B
Write
Pointer
Write
Pointer
Figure 4-45: Audio Buffer Pointer Boundary Checking
The repeat or drop sample operation is performed a maximum of 28 consecutive times,
after which the audio outputs are muted (all sample data set to zero). In SD Mode, 26
samples are required to be written into the FIFO prior to starting the read operation
again.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
87 of 148
The audio buffer pointer offset may be reduced from 26 samples to 12 or 6 samples using
the OS_SEL[1:0] bits in the host interface. The default setting is 26 samples (see
Table 4-21).
When the OS_SEL[1:0] bits are set for 6-sample pointer offset, no boundary-checking is
performed.
In HD mode the audio FIFO is a maximum of 10 samples deep. According to SMPTE
299M, audio samples are multiplexed immediately in the next HANC region after the
audio sample occurs.
Table 4-21: Audio Buffer Pointer Offset Settings
OS_SEL[1:0]
Buffer Pointer Offset
00
26 samples (default)
01
12 samples
10
6 samples
4.19.3.4 Audio Crosspoint Block
The Audio Crosspoint is used for audio output channel re-mapping. This feature allows
any of the selected audio channels in Group A or Group B to be output on any of the eight
output channels. The default setting is for one to one mapping, where AOUT_1/2 is
extracted from Group A CH1 and CH2, AOUT_3/4 is extracted from Group A CH3 and
CH4, and so on.
NOTE: If audio samples from embedded audio packets with the group set in IDA[1:0] are
to be paired with samples from the group set in IDB[1:0], all of the channels must have
been derived from the same Word Clock and must be synchronous.
The output channel is set in the OPn_SRC[2:0] host interface registers. Table 4-22 lists the
3-bit address for audio channel mapping.
Table 4-22: Audio Channel Mapping Codes
Audio Output Channel
3-bit Host Interface
Source Address
1
000
2
001
3
010
4
011
5
100
6
101
7
110
8
111
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
88 of 148
4.19.3.5 Serial Audio Output Word Length
The audio output, in serial modes, has a selectable 24, 20 or 16-bit sample word length.
The ASWL[1:0] host interface register is used to configure the audio output sample word
length. Figure 4-23 shows the host interface 2-bit code for setting the audio sample word
length. When the presence of extended audio packets is detected in SD modes, the audio
de-embedder defaults to 24-bit audio sample word length.
Table 4-23: Audio Sample Word Lengths
ASWL[1:0]
Audio Sample Word Length
(SD)
Audio Sample Word Length
(HD)
00
24-bit
24-bit
01
20-bit
20-bit
10
16-bit
16-bit
11
Auto 24/20-bit (Default)
Reserved (Default)*
*NOTE: By default, for HD at power-up, the word length is invalid. The desired word
length should be programmed through the host interface.
4.19.3.6 Audio Channel Status
The GS2971 detects the AES/EBU Audio Channel Status (ACS) block information for
each of the selected channel pairs.
ACS data detection is indicated by corresponding ACS_DET flag bits in the host
interface. The flag is cleared by writing to the same location.
Audio Channel Status Read
AES/EBU ACS data is available separately for each of the channels in a stereo pair. The
GS2971 defaults to reading the first channel of each pair. There are 184 bits in each ACS
packet, which are written to twelve 16-bit right-justified registers in the host interface.
The ACS_USE_SECOND bit (default LOW) selects the second channel in each audio pair
when set HIGH.
Once all of the ACS data for a channel has been acquired, the corresponding ACS_DET
bit is set, and acquisition stops. The ACS data is overwritten with new data when the
ACS_DET bit is cleared in the system.
Audio Channel Status Regeneration
When the ACS_REGEN bit in the host interface is set HIGH, the audio de-embedder
embeds the 24 bytes of the Audio Channel Status information programmed in the
ACSR[183:0] registers into the 'C' bit of the AES/EBU outputs. The same Audio Channel
Status information is used for all output channels.
In order to apply ACSR data;
•
Set the ACS_REGEN bit to logic HIGH
•
Write the desired ACSR data to the ACSR registers
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
89 of 148
•
Set the ACS_APPLY bit to HIGH
At the next status boundary, the device outputs the contents of the ACSR registers as
ACS data. This event may occur at a different time for each of the output channels. While
waiting for the status boundary, the device sets the appropriate ACS_APPLY_WAIT[A:D]
flag.
Table 4-24 shows the host interface default settings for the Audio Channel Status block.
The audio de-embedder automatically generates the CRC word.
Table 4-24: Audio Channel Status Information Registers
Name
Description
Default
ACSR[7-0]
Audio channel status block byte 0 set. Used when ACS_REGEN is set HIGH
85h
ACSR[15-8]
Audio channel status block byte 1 set. Used when ACS_REGEN is set HIGH
08h
ACSR[23-16]
Audio channel status block byte 2 set. Used when ACS_REGEN is set HIGH
28h (SD) 2Ch (HD)
ACSR[31-24]:
Audio channel status block data for bytes 3 to 22. Used when ACS_REGEN is set HIGH
00h
ACS_REGEN
Audio channel status regenerate
0
ACS_APPLY
Apply new ACSR data
0
ACS_APPLY_W
Waiting to apply new ACSR data
0
Audio channel status block data for bytes 0 to 22
00h: 00h
ACSR[183-176]
AIT[A:D]
ACS[7-0]:
ACS[183-176]
Table 4-25: Audio Channel Status Block for Regenerate Mode Default Settings
Name
Byte
Bit
Default
Mode
PRO
0
0
1b
Professional use of channel status block
Emphasis
0
2-4
100b
100b None. Rec. manual override disabled
Sample Frequency
0
6-7
01b
48kHz. Manual override or auto disabled
Channel Mode
1
0-3
0001b
Two channels. Manual override disabled
AUX
2
0-2
000b
SD Modes: Maximum audio word length is 20 bits
001b
HD Mode: Maximum audio word length is 24 bits
101b
Maximum word length (based on AUX setting).
Source Word Length
2
3-5
24-bit for HD Mode; 20-bit for SD Modes
All other bits set to zero
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
90 of 148
4.19.3.7 Audio Mute
When the MUTE bits in the host interface are set HIGH, the audio outputs are muted (all
audio sample bits are set to zero). To set all the audio output channels to mute, set the
host interface MUTE_ALL bit HIGH.
Table 4-26: Audio Mute Control Bits
Name
Description
Default
MUTE_ALL
Ch1-8 audio mute enable (1: Enabled)
0
MUTE8
Ch8 audio mute enable (1: Enabled)
0
MUTE7
Ch7 audio mute enable (1: Enabled)
0
MUTE6
Ch6 audio mute enable (1: Enabled)
0
MUTE5
Ch5 audio mute enable (1: Enabled)
0
MUTE4
Ch4 audio mute enable (1: Enabled)
0
MUTE3
Ch3 audio mute enable (1: Enabled)
0
MUTE2
Ch2 audio mute enable (1: Enabled)
0
MUTE1
Ch1 audio mute enable (1: Enabled)
0
Mute On Loss Of Lock
When the GS2971 loses lock (LOCKED signal is LOW), the audio de-embedder sets all
audio outputs LOW (no audio formatting is performed). The ACLK, WCLK and AMCLK
outputs are also forced LOW.
4.19.4 Error Reporting
4.19.4.1 Data Block Number Error
When the 1-255 count sequence in the Data Block Number (DBN) word of Group A audio
data packets is discontinuous, the DBNA_ERR bit in the host interface (DBN_ERR
register for SD, ACS_DET register for HD/3G) is set HIGH. When the 1-255 count
sequence in the DBN word of Group B audio data packets is discontinuous, the
DBNB_ERR bit in the host interface (DBN_ERR register for SD, ACS_DET register for
HD/3G) register is set HIGH.
4.19.4.2 ECC Error
The GS2971 monitors the ECC error status of the two selected audio groups, as described
in Section 4.19.2.6 on page 84.
The ECC[N]_ERROR flags also have associated SD_AUDIO_ERROR_MASK and
HD_AUDIO_ERROR_MASK register flags for configuration of error reporting in the
Receiver. The ECC[N]_ERROR flags remain set until read via the host interface.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
91 of 148
4.20 GSPI - HOST Interface
The GSPI, or Gennum Serial Peripheral Interface, is a 4-wire interface provided to allow
the system to access additional status and control information through configuration
registers in the GS2971.
The GSPI is comprised of a Serial Data Input signal (SDIN), Serial Data Output signal
(SDOUT), an active low Chip Select (CS), and a Burst Clock (SCLK).
Because these pins are shared with the JTAG interface port, an additional control signal
pin JTAG/HOST is provided.
When JTAG/HOST is LOW, the GSPI interface is enabled. When JTAG/HOST is HIGH, the
JTAG interface is enabled.
When operating in GSPI mode, the SCLK, SDIN, and CS signals must be provided by the
system. The SDOUT pin is a non-clocked loop-through of SDIN and may be connected to
the SDIN of another device, allowing multiple devices to be connected to the GSPI chain.
See Section 4.20.2 for details. The interface is illustrated in the Figure 4-46 below.
Application Host
GS2971
SCLK
SCLK
CS1
CS
SDOUT
SDIN
SDOUT
GS2971
SCLK
CS2
CS
SDIN
SDOUT
SDIN
Figure 4-46: GSPI Application Interface Connection
All read or write access to the GS2971 is initiated and terminated by the system host
processor. Each access always begins with a Command/Address Word, followed by a
data write to, or data read from, the GS2971.
4.20.1 Command Word Description
The Command Word consists of a 16-bit word transmitted MSB first and contains a
read/write bit, an Auto-Increment bit and a 12-bit address.
MSB
R/W
LSB
RSV
RSV
AutoInc
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
Figure 4-47: Command Word Format
Command Words are clocked into the GS2971 on the rising edge of the Serial Clock
SCLK, which operates in a burst fashion. The chip select (CS) signal must be set low a
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
92 of 148
minimum of 1.5ns (t0 in Figure 4-49) before the first clock edge to ensure proper
operation.
When the Auto-Increment bit is set LOW, each Command Word must be followed by
only one Data Word to ensure proper operation.
If the Auto-Increment bit is set HIGH, the following Data Word is written into the
address specified in the Command Word, and subsequent Data Words are written into
incremental addresses from the first Data Word. This facilitates multiple address writes
without sending a Command Word for each Data Word.
NOTE: The RSV bits in the GSPI command word can be set to zero as placeholder,
though these bits are not used.
4.20.2 Data Read or Write Access
During a read sequence (Command Word R/W bit set HIGH) serial data is transmitted or
received MSB first, synchronous with the rising edge of the serial clock SCLK. The Chip
Select (CS) signal must be set low a minimum of 1.5ns (t0 in Figure 4-49) before the first
clock edge to ensure proper operation. The first bit (MSB) of the Serial Output (SDOUT)
is available (t5 in Figure 4-50) following the last falling SCLK edge of the read Command
Word, the remaining bits are clocked out on the negative edges of SCLK.
NOTE 1: When several devices are connected to the GSPI chain, only one CS may be
asserted during a read sequence.
During a write sequence (Command Word R/W bit set LOW), a wait state of 37.1ns (t4 in
Figure 4-49) is required between the Command Word and the following Data Word. This
wait state must also be maintained between successive Command Word/Data Word
write sequences. When Auto Increment mode is selected (AutoInc = 1), the wait state
must be maintained between successive Data Words after the initial Command
Word/Data Word sequence.
During the write sequence, all Command and following Data Words input at the SDIN
pin are output at the SDOUT pin unchanged. When several devices are connected to the
GSPI chain, data can be written simultaneously to all the devices which have CS set
LOW.
MSB
D15
LSB
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
Figure 4-48: Data Word Format
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
93 of 148
4.20.3 GSPI Timing
Write and Read Mode timing for the GSPI interface;
t0
t1
t7
t4
SCLK _TCLK
t3
t8
t2
CS _TMS
SDIN _TDI
SDOUT _TDO
R/W
R/W
RSV
RSV
RSV
Auto
_Inc
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RSV
Auto
_ Inc
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
Figure 4-49: Write Mode
t5
SCLK _TCLK
t6
CS _ TMS
SDIN _TDI
SDOUT _TDO
R /W
RSV
RSV
Auto
_Inc
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
R/W
RSV
RSV
Auto
_Inc
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
Figure 4-50: Read Mode
SDIN_TDI to SDOUT_TDO combinational path for daisy chain connection of multiple GS2971.
TDELAY
SDIN_TDI
data_0
SDOUT_TDO
data_0
Figure 4-51: GSPI Time Delay
Table 4-27: GSPI Time Delay
Parameter
Symbol
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Delay time
tDELAY
50% levels;
1.8V operation
−
−
13.1
ns
Delay time
tDELAY
50% levels;
3.3V operation
−
−
9.7
ns
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
94 of 148
Table 4-28: GSPI Timing Parameters (50% levels; 3.3V or 1.8V operation)
Parameter
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Units
CS low before SCLK rising edge
t0
1.5
−
−
ns
SCLK period
t1
16.67
−
−
ns
SCLK duty cycle
t2
40
50
60
%
Input data setup time
t3
1.5
−
−
ns
Time between end of Command Word (or data in
Auto-Increment mode) and the first SCLK of the
following Data Word – write cycle
t4
−
−
ns
−
−
ns
Time between end of Command Word (or data in
Auto-Increment mode) and the first SCLK of the
following Data Word – read cycle.
t5
PCLK (MHz)
ns
unlocked
100
27.0
37.1
74.25
13.5
148.5
6.7
PCLK (MHz)
ns
unlocked
−
27.0
148.4
74.25
53.9
148.5
27
Time between end of Command Word (or data in
Auto-Increment mode) and the first SCLK of the
following Data Word – read cycle - ANC FIFO Read
t5
222.6
−
−
ns
Output hold time (15pF load)
t6
1.5
−
−
ns
CS high after last SCLK rising edge
t7
−
−
ns
−
−
ns
Input data hold time
t8
PCLK (MHz)
ns
unlocked
445
27.0
37.1
74.25
13.5
148.5
6.7
1.5
This timing must be satisfied across all ambient temperature and power supply
operating conditions, as described in the Electrical Characteristics on page 17.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
95 of 148
4.21 Host Interface Register Maps
NOTE: The GS2971 only accepts write/read commands to/from the Audio Register
Maps when the audio core is locked to the incoming video data rate. The Video Register
Map is always active, whether valid serial input data is present or not.
4.21.1 Video Core Registers
Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration and Status Registers
Address
Register Name
000h
IOPROC_1
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15
Reserved.
R
0
TRS_WORD_REMAP_DS1
_DISABLE
14
Disables 8-bit TRS word remapping
for 3G Level B Data Stream 1, 3G
Level A, HD and SD inputs.
R/W
0
RSVD
13
Reserved.
R/W
0
EDH_FLAG_UPDATE
_MASK
12
Disables updating of EDH error
flags.
R/W
0
EDH_CRC_INS_MASK
11
Disables EDH_CRC error correction
and insertion.
R/W
0
H_CONFIG
10
Selects the H blanking indication:
R/W
0
0: Active line blanking - the H
output is HIGH for all the
horizontal blanking period,
including the EAV and SAV TRS
words.
1: TRS based blanking - the H
output is set HIGH for the entire
horizontal blanking period as
indicated by the H bit in the
received TRS signals.
This signal is only valid when
TIM_861 is set to '0' (via pin or host
interface).
ANC_DATA_EXT_MASK
9
Disables ancillary data extraction
FIFO.
R/W
0
AUD_EXT_MASK
8
Disables audio extraction block.
R/W
0
TIM_861_PIN_DISABLE
7
Disable TIM_861 pin control when
set to '1', and use TIMING_861 bit
instead.
R/W
0
TIMING_861
6
Selects the output timing reference
format: 0 = Digital FVH timing
output; 1 = CEA-861 timing output.
R/W
0
RSVD
5
Reserved.
R/W
0
ILLEGAL_WORD_REMAP
_DS1_MASK
4
Disables illegal word remapping
for 3G Level B Data Stream 1, 3G
Level A, HD and SD inputs.
R/W
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
96 of 148
Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
000h
IOPROC_1
001h
IOPROC_2
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
ANC_CHECKSUM
_INSERTION_DS1_MASK
3
Disables insertion of ancillary data
checksums for 3G Level B Data
Stream 1, 3G Level A, HD and SD
inputs.
R/W
0
CRC_INS_DS1_MASK
2
Disables insertion of HD/3G CRC
words for 3G Level B Data Stream
1, 3G Level A, and HD inputs.
R/W
0
LNUM_INS_DS1_MASK
1
Disables insertion of line numbers
for 3G Level B Data Stream 1, 3G
Level A, and HD inputs.
R/W
0
TRS_INS_DS1_MASK
0
Disables insertion of TRS words for
3G Level B Data Stream 1, 3G Level
A, HD and SD inputs.
R/W
0
Reserved.
R/W
N/A
RSVD
15-13
TRS_WORD_REMAP_DS2
_DISABLE
12
Disables 8-bit TRS word remapping
in Data Stream 2 (3G Level B only).
R/W
0
RSVD
11
Reserved.
R/W
0
REGEN_352M_MASK
10
Disables regeneration of the
SMPTE 352M packet for 3G Level B
data. Note: this bit needs to be
enabled via the host interface to
disable SMPTE 352M packet
generation. It is strongly
recommended to set this bit LOW
only when Level B to Level A
conversion is enabled.
R/W
0
DS_SWAP_3G
9
Swaps Data Stream 1 (DS1) and
Data Stream 2 (DS2) at the output
in 3G mode.
R/W
0
R/W
1
In 20-bit output mode, DS1 shall be
present on DOUT pins [19:10] and
DS2 shall be present on DOUT pins
[9:0] by default. When
DS_SWAP_3G is set to '1', DS2 shall
be present on DOUT pins [19:10]
and DS1 shall be present on DOUT
pins [9:0]
In 10-bit (DDR) output mode, DS2
shall precede DS1 by default. When
DS_SWAP_3G is set to '1', DS1 shall
precede DS2.
LEVEL_B2A_CONV
_DISABLE_MASK
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
8
Disable conversion of a 3G Level B
input to a 3G Level A format. Only
effective if in 3G Level B mode.
Default is active HIGH (disabled), so
Level B inputs are formatted as
Level B outputs.
97 of 148
Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
001h
IOPROC_2
002h
ERROR_STAT_1
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
ANC_EXT_SEL_DS2_DS1
7
Selects data stream to extract ANC
data from (valid for 3G Level B
data).
R/W
0
AUDIO_SEL_DS2_DS1
6
Selects data stream to be sent to
audio core (valid for 3G Level B
data).
R/W
0
RSVD
5
Reserved.
R/W
0
ILLEGAL_WORD_REMAP
_DS2_MASK
4
Disables illegal word remapping in
Data Stream 2 (3G Level B only).
R/W
0
ANC_CHECKSUM
_INSERTION_DS2_MASK
3
Disables insertion of ancillary data
checksums in Data Stream 2 (3G
Level B only).
R/W
0
CRC_INS_DS2_MASK
2
Disables insertion of CRC words in
Data Stream 2 (3G Level B only).
R/W
0
LNUM_INS_DS2_MASK
1
Disables insertion of line numbers
in Data Stream 2 (3G Level B only).
R/W
0
TRS_INS_DS2_MASK
0
Disable insertion of TRS words in
Data Stream 2 (3G Level B only).
R/W
0
Reserved.
ROCW
0
RSVD
15-11
VD_STD_ERR_DS1
10
Video Standard Error indication for
HD and SD inputs.
ROCW
0
FF_CRC_ERR
9
EDH Full Frame CRC error
indication.
ROCW
0
AP_CRC_ERR
8
EDH Active Picture CRC error
indication.
ROCW
0
RSVD
7
Reserved.
ROCW
0
CCS_ERR_DS1
6
Chroma ancillary data checksum
error indication for 3G Level B Data
Stream 1, 3G Level A, HD and SD
inputs.
ROCW
0
YCS_ERR_DS1
5
Luma ancillary data checksum error
indication for 3G Level B Data
Stream 1, 3G Level A, HD and SD
inputs.
ROCW
0
CCRC_ERR_DS1
4
Chroma CRC error indication for 3G
Level B Data Stream 1, 3G Level A,
and HD inputs.
ROCW
0
YCRC_ERR_DS1
3
Luma CRC error indication for 3G
Level B Data Stream 1, 3G Level A,
and HD inputs.
ROCW
0
LNUM_ERR_DS1
2
Line number error indication for
3G Level B Data Stream 1, 3G Level
A, and HD inputs.
ROCW
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
98 of 148
Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
002h
ERROR_STAT_1
003h
004h
ERROR_STAT_2
EDH_FLAG_IN
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
SAV_ERR_DS1
1
SAV error indication for 3G Level B
Data Stream 1, 3G Level A, HD and
SD inputs.
ROCW
0
EAV_ERR_DS1
0
EAV error indication for 3G Level B
Data Stream 1, 3G Level A, HD and
SD inputs.
ROCW
0
Reserved.
ROCW
0
RSVD
15-7
CCS_ERR_DS2
6
Chroma ancillary data checksum
error indication for Data Stream 2
(3G Level B only).
ROCW
0
YCS_ERR_DS2
5
Luma ancillary data checksum error
indication for Data Stream 2 (3G
Level B only).
ROCW
0
CCRC_ERR_DS2
4
Chroma CRC error indication for
Data Stream 2 (3G Level B only).
ROCW
0
YCRC_ERR_DS2
3
Luma CRC error indication for Data
Stream 2 (3G Level B only).
ROCW
0
LNUM_ERR_DS2
2
Line number error indication for
Data Stream 2 (3G Level B only).
ROCW
0
SAV_ERR_DS2
1
SAV error indication for Data
Stream 2 (3G Level B only).
ROCW
0
EAV_ERR_DS2
0
EAV error indication for Data
Stream 2 (3G Level B only).
ROCW
0
EDH_DETECT
15
Embedded EDH packet detected.
R
0
ANC_UES_IN
14
Ancillary data – unknown error
status flag.
R
0
ANC_IDA_IN
13
Ancillary data – internal error
detected already flag.
R
0
ANC_IDH_IN
12
Ancillary data – internal error
detected here flag
R
0
ANC_EDA_IN
11
Ancillary data – error detected
already flag.
R
0
ANC_EDH_IN
10
Ancillary data – error detected here
flag.
R
0
FF_UES_IN
9
EDH Full Field – unknown error
status flag.
R
0
FF_IDA_IN
8
EDH Full Field – internal error
detected already flag.
R
0
FF_IDH_IN
7
EDH Full Field – internal error
detected here flag.
R
0
FF_EDA_IN
6
EDH Full Field – error detected
already flag.
R
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
99 of 148
Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
Bit Name
Bit
004h
EDH_FLAG_IN
FF_EDH_IN
5
AP_UES_IN
005h
005h
EDH_FLAG_OUT
EDH_FLAG_OUT
R/W
Default
EDH Full Field – error detected here
flag.
R
0
4
EDH Active Picture – unknown
error status flag.
R
0
AP_IDA_IN
3
EDH Active Picture – internal error
detected already flag.
R
0
AP_IDH_IN
2
EDH Active Picture – internal error
detected here flag.
R
0
AP_EDA_IN
1
EDH Active Picture – error detected
already flag.
R
0
AP_EDH_IN
0
EDH Active Picture – error detected
here flag.
R
0
RSVD
15
Reserved.
R
0
ANC_UES
14
Ancillary data – Unknown Error
Status flag.
R
1
ANC_IDA
13
Ancillary data – Internal error
Detected Already flag.
R
0
ANC_IDH
12
Ancillary data – Internal error
Detected Here flag.
R
0
ANC_EDA
11
Ancillary data – Error Detected
Already flag.
R
0
ANC_EDH
10
Ancillary data – Error Detected
Here flag.
R
0
FF_UES
9
EDH Full Field – Unknown Error
Status flag.
R
1
FF_IDA
8
EDH Full Field – Internal error
Detected Already flag.
R
0
FF_IDH
7
EDH Full Field – Internal error
Detected Here flag.
R
0
FF_EDA
6
EDH Full Field – Error Detected
Already flag.
R
0
FF_EDH
5
EDH Full Field – Error Detected
Here flag.
R
0
AP_UES
4
EDH Active Picture – Unknown
Error Status flag.
R
1
AP_IDA
3
EDH Active Picture – Internal error
Detected Already flag.
R
0
AP_IDH
2
EDH Active Picture – Internal error
Detected Here flag.
R
0
AP_EDA
1
EDH Active Picture – Error Detected
Already flag.
R
0
AP_EDH
0
EDH Active Picture – Error Detected
Here flag.
R
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
Description
100 of 148
Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
006h
DATA_FORMAT_
DS1
FF_CRC_V
15
EDH Full Field CRC Validity bit.
R
0
AP_CRC_V
14
EDH Active Picture CRC Validity bit.
R
0
VD_STD_DS1
13-8
Detected Video Standard for 3G
Level B Data Stream 1, 3G Level A,
HD and SD inputs.
R
29
CDATA_FORMAT_DS1
7-4
Data format as indicated in
Chroma channel for 3G Level B
Data Stream 1, HD and SD inputs;
R
15
R
15
Data format as indicated in Data
Stream 2 for 3G Level A inputs.
YDATA_FORMAT_DS1
3-0
Data format as indicated in Luma
channel for 3G Level B Data Stream
1, HD and SD inputs;
Data format as indicated in Data
Stream 1 for 3G Level A inputs.
007h
DATA_FORMAT_
DS2
RSVD
15-14
Reserved.
R
0
VD_STD_DS2
13-8
Detected Video Standard for Data
Stream 2 (3G Level B only).
R
29
CDATA_FORMAT_DS2
7-4
Data Format as indicated in
Chroma channel for Data Stream 2
(3G Level B only).
R
15
YDATA_FORMAT_DS2
3-0
Data Format as indicated in Luma
channel for Data Stream 2 (3G
Level B only).
R
15
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
101 of 148
Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
008h
IO_CONFIG
Bit Name
Bit
Description
RSVD
15
STAT2_CONFIG
14-10
R/W
Default
Reserved.
RW
0
Configure STAT2 output pin:
RW
2
00000: H Blanking when TIM_861 =
0; HSYNC when TIM_861 = 1
00001: V Blanking when TIM_861 =
0; VSYNC when TIM_861 = 1
00010: F bit when TIM_861 = 0;
Data Enable (DE) when TIM_861 =
1
00011: LOCKED
00100: Y/1ANC: ANC indication
(SD), Luma ANC indication (HD),
Data Stream 1 ANC data indication
(3G)
00101: C/2ANC: Chroma ANC
indication (HD) or Data Stream 2
ANC data indication (3G)
00110: Data Error
00111: Video Error
01000: Audio Error
01001: EDH Detected
01010: Carrier Detect
01011: RATE_DET0
01100: RATE_DET1
01101 - 11111: Reserved
009h
IO_CONFIG2
STAT1_CONFIG
9-5
Configure STAT1 output pin. (Refer
to above for decoding)
RW
1
STAT0_CONFIG
4-0
Configure STAT0 output pin. (Refer
to above for decoding)
RW
0
RSVD
15
Reserved.
RW
0
STAT5_CONFIG
14-10
Configure STAT5 output pin. (Refer
to above for decoding)
RW
6
STAT4_CONFIG
9-5
Configure STAT4 output pin. (Refer
to above for decoding)
RW
4
STAT3_CONFIG
4-0
Configure STAT3 output pin. (Refer
to above for decoding)
RW
3
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
102 of 148
Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
00Ah
ANC_CONTROL
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-4
Reserved.
RW
0
ANC_DATA_SWITCH
3
Switches between FIFO memories.
RW
0
ANC_DATA_DEL
2
Remove Ancillary Data from
output video stream, set to Luma
and Chroma blanking values.
RW
0
HD_ANC_Y1_C2
1
Extract Ancillary data from Luma
and Chroma channels (HD inputs)
RW
0
RW
0
Extract Ancillary data from Data
Stream 1 and Data Stream 2 (3G
Level A inputs)
Extract Ancillary data from Luma
and Chroma channels of Data
Stream 1 (3G Level B inputs, when
ANC_EXT_SEL_DS2_DS1 = 0)
Extract Ancillary data from Luma
and Chroma channels of Data
Stream 2 (3G Level B inputs, when
ANC_EXT_SEL_DS2_DS1 = 1)
HD_ANC_C2
0
Extract Ancillary data only from
Chroma channel (HD inputs)
Extract Ancillary data only from
Data Stream 2 (3G Level A inputs)
Extract Ancillary data only from
Chroma channel of Data Stream 1
(3G Level B inputs, when
ANC_EXT_SEL_DS2_DS1 = 0)
Extract Ancillary data only from
Chroma channel of Data Stream 2
(3G Level B inputs, when
ANC_EXT_SEL_DS2_DS1 = 1)
00Bh
00Ch
ANC_LINE_A
ANC_LINE_B
RSVD
15-11
Reserved.
R/W
0
ANC_LINE_A
10-0
Video Line to extract Ancillary data
from.
R/W
0
RSVD
15-11
Reserved.
R/W
0
ANC_LINE_B
10-0
Second video Line to extract
Ancillary data from.
R/W
0
RSVD
15-0
Reserved.
R
0
00Dh 00Eh
RSVD
00Fh
ANC_TYPE_1_AP
1
ANC_TYPE1_DS1
15-0
Programmable DID/SDID pair #1 to
extract from 3G Level B Data
Stream 1, 3G Level A, HD and SD
input formats ([15:8] = DID, [7:0]
=SDID).
R/W
0
010h
ANC_TYPE_2_AP
1
ANC_TYPE2_DS1
15-0
Programmable DID/SDID pair #2 to
extract from 3G Level B Data
Stream 1, 3G Level A, HD and SD
input formats ([15:8] = DID, [7:0]
=SDID).
R/W
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
103 of 148
Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
011h
ANC_TYPE_3
_AP1
ANC_TYPE3_DS1
15-0
Programmable DID/SDID pair #3 to
extract from 3G Level B Data
Stream 1, 3G Level A, HD and SD
input formats ([15:8] = DID, [7:0]
=SDID).
R/W
0
012h
ANC_TYPE_4
_AP1
ANC_TYPE4_DS1
15-0
Programmable DID/SDID pair #4 to
extract from 3G Level B Data
Stream 1, 3G Level A, HD and SD
input formats ([15:8] = DID, [7:0]
=SDID).
R/W
0
013h
ANC_TYPE_5
ANC_TYPE5_DS1
15-0
Programmable DID/SDID pair #5 to
extract from 3G Level B Data
Stream 1, 3G Level A, HD and SD
input formats ([15:8] = DID, [7:0]
=SDID).
R/W
0
_AP1
014h
ANC_TYPE_1
_AP2
ANC_TYPE1_DS2
15-0
Programmable DID/SDID pair #1 to
extract from 3G Level B Data
Stream 2 ([15:8] = DID, [7:0] =SDID).
R/W
0
015h
ANC_TYPE_2
_AP2
ANC_TYPE2_DS2
15-0
Programmable DID/SDID pair #2 to
extract from 3G Level B Data
Stream 2 ([15:8] = DID, [7:0] =SDID).
R/W
0
016h
ANC_TYPE_3
_AP2
ANC_TYPE3_DS2
15-0
Programmable DID/SDID pair #3 to
extract from 3G Level B Data
Stream 2 ([15:8] = DID, [7:0] =SDID).
R/W
0
017h
ANC_TYPE_4
_AP2
ANC_TYPE4_DS2
15-0
Programmable DID/SDID pair #4 to
extract from 3G Level B Data
Stream 2 ([15:8] = DID, [7:0] =SDID).
R/W
0
018h
ANC_TYPE_5
_AP2
ANC_TYPE5_DS2
15-0
Programmable DID/SDID pair #5 to
extract from 3G Level B Data
Stream 2 ([15:8] = DID, [7:0] =SDID).
R/W
0
019h
VIDEO_FORMAT
_352_A_1
VIDEO_FORMAT_2_DS1
15-8
SMPTE 352M embedded packet –
byte 2.
R
0
VIDEO_FORMAT_1_DS1
7-0
SMPTE 352M embedded packet –
byte 1: [7]: Version identifier [6:0]:
Video Payload Identifier.
R
0
VIDEO_FORMAT_4_DS1
15-8
SMPTE 352M embedded packet –
byte 4.
R
0
VIDEO_FORMAT_3_DS1
7-0
SMPTE 352M embedded packet –
byte 3.
R
0
VIDEO_FORMAT_2_DS2
15-8
SMPTE 352M embedded packet –
byte 2 (3G Data Stream 2 only).
R
0
VIDEO_FORMAT_1_DS2
7-0
SMPTE 352M embedded packet –
byte 1 (3G Data Stream 2 only):
R
0
01Ah
01Bh
VIDEO_FORMAT
_352_B_1
VIDEO_FORMAT
_352_A_2
[7]: Version identifier
[6:0]: Video Payload Identifier.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
104 of 148
Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
Bit Name
Bit
Description
01Ch
VIDEO_FORMAT
_352_B_2
VIDEO_FORMAT_4_DS2
15-8
VIDEO_FORMAT_3_DS2
01Dh
01Eh
01Fh
020h
021h
022h
VIDEO_FORMAT
_352_INS_A
VIDEO_FORMAT
_352_INS_B
RASTER_STRUC_
1
RASTER_STRUC_
2
RASTER_STRUC_
3
RASTER_STRUC_
4
R/W
Default
SMPTE 352M embedded packet –
byte 4 (3G Data Stream 2 only).
R
0
7-0
SMPTE 352M embedded packet –
byte 3 (3G Data Stream 2 only).
R
0
VIDEO_FORMAT_2_INS
15-8
SMPTE 352M packet - byte 2 to be
embedded after Level B to Level A
conversion.
R/W
0
VIDEO_FORMAT_1_INS
7-0
SMPTE 352M packet - byte 1 to be
embedded after Level B to Level A
conversion.
R/W
0
VIDEO_FORMAT_4_INS
15-8
SMPTE 352M packet - byte 4 to be
embedded after Level B to Level A
conversion.
R/W
0
VIDEO_FORMAT_3_INS
7-0
SMPTE 352M packet - byte 3 to be
embedded after Level B to Level A
conversion.
R/W
0
RSVD
15-14
Reserved.
R
0
WORDS_PER_ACTLINE
13-0
Words Per Active Line.
R
0
RSVD
15-14
Reserved.
R
0
WORDS_PER_LINE
13-0
Total Words Per Line.
R
0
RSVD
15-11
Reserved.
R
0
LINES_PER_FRAME
10-0
Total Lines Per Frame.
R
0
RATE_SEL_READBACK
15-14
Read back detected data rate:
R
0
R
0
0 = HD,
1,3=SD,
2=3G
M
13
Specifies detected M value
0: 1.000
1: 1.001
Note: In certain systems, due to greater ppm offsets in the crystal, the ‘M’ bit may not assert
properly. In such cases, bits 3:0 in Register 06Fh can be increased to a maximum value of 4.
STD_LOCK
12
Video standard lock.
R
0
INT_PROG
11
Interlaced or progressive.
R
0
Active lines per frame.
R
0
ACTLINE_PER_FIELD
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
10-0
105 of 148
Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
023h
FLYWHEEL
_STATUS
024h
RATE_SEL
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-5
Reserved.
R
0
V_LOCK_DS2
4
Indicates that the timing signal
generator is locked to vertical
timing (3G Level B Data Stream 2
only).
R
0
H_LOCK_DS2
3
Indicates that the timing signal
generator is locked to horizontal
timing (3G Level B Data Stream 2
only).
R
0
RSVD
2
Reserved.
R
0
V_LOCK_DS1
1
Indicates that the timing signal
generator is locked to vertical
timing (3G Level B Data Stream 1,
3G Level A, HD and SD inputs).
R
0
H_LOCK_DS1
0
Indicates that the timing signal
generator is locked to horizontal
timing (3G Level B Data Stream 1,
3G Level A, HD and SD inputs).
R
0
Reserved.
R
0
Detect data rate automatically (1)
or program manually (0).
R/W
1
Programmable rate select in
manual mode:
R/W
0
Reserved.
R
0
Indicates standard is not
recognized for CEA 861 conversion.
R
1
RSVD
AUTO/MAN
RATE_SEL_TOP
15-3
2
1-0
0 = HD,
1,3=SD,
2=3G
025h
026h
027h 036h
TIM_861_
FORMAT
TIM_861_CFG
RSVD
RSVD
FORMAT_ERR
15-7
6
FORMAT_ID_861
5-0
CEA-861 format ID of input video
stream. Refer to Table 4-9.
R
0
RSVD
15-3
Reserved.
R
0
VSYNC_INVERT
2
Invert output VSYNC pulse.
R/W
0
HSYNC_INVERT
1
Invert output HSYNC pulse.
R/W
0
TRS_861
0
Sets the timing reference outputs
to DFP timing mode when set to
'1'. By default, the timing
reference outputs follow CEA-861
timing mode. Only valid when
TIM_861 is set to '1'.
R/W
0
RSVD
−
Reserved.
R
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
106 of 148
Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
Bit Name
Bit
Description
037h
ERROR_MASK_1
RSVD
15-11
Reserved.
ERROR_MASK_1
10-0
Error mask for global error vector
(3G Level B Data Stream 1, 3G Level
A, HD, SD):
R/W
Default
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
bit[0]: EAV_ERR_DS1 mask
bit[1]: SAV_ERR_DS1 mask
bit[2]: LNUM_ERR_DS1 mask
bit[3]: YCRC_ERR_DS1 mask
bit[4]: CCRC_ERR_DS1 mask
bit[5]: YCS_ERR_DS1 mask
bit[6]: CCS_ERR_DS1 mask
bit[7]: Reserved
bit[8]: AP_CRC_ERR mask
bit[9]: FF_CRC_ERR mask
bit[10]: VD_STD_ERR_DS1 mask
038h
ERROR_MASK_2
RSVD
15-7
Reserved.
ERROR_MASK_2
6-0
Error mask for global error vector
(3G Level B Data Stream 2 only):
bit[0]: EAV_ERR_DS2 mask
bit[1]: SAV_ERR_DS2 mask
bit[2]: LNUM_ERR_DS2 mask
bit[3]: YCRC_ERR_DS2 mask
bit[4]: CCRC_ERR_DS2 mask
bit[5]: YCS_ERR_DS2 mask
bit[6]: CCS_ERR_DS2 mask
039h
ACGEN_CTRL
RSVD
15-5
Reserved.
SCLK_INV
4
Invert polarity of output serial
audio clock.
R/W
0
AMCLK_INV
3
Invert polarity of output audio
master clock.
R/W
0
RSVD
2
Reserved.
R/W
0
Audio Master Clock Select.
R/W
0
AMCLK_SEL
1-0
0: 128 fs
1: 256 fs
2: 512 fs
03Ah
-6Bh
RSVD
RSVD
15-0
Reserved.
R
0
06Ch
CLK_GEN
RSVD
15-6
Reserved.
R/W
0
Choses between the in-phase (0)
and quadrature (1) clocks for DDR
mode.
R/W
0
Controls the offset for the delay
line.
R/W
0
DEL_LINE_CLK_SEL
5
DEL_LINE_OFFSET
4-0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
107 of 148
Table 4-29: Video Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
06Dh
IO_DRIVE
_STRENGTH
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-6
Reserved.
R/W
0
IO_DS_CTRL_DOUT_MSB
5-4
Drive strength adjustment for
DOUT[19:10] outputs and PCLK
output:
R/W
2
R/W
2
R/W
3
00: 4mA;
01: 8mA;
10: 10mA(1.8V), 12mA(3.3V);
11: 12mA(1.8V), 16mA(3.3V)
IO_DS_CTRL_STAT
3-2
Drive strength adjustment for
STAT[5:0] outputs:
00: 4mA;
01: 6mA;
10: 8mA(1.8V), 10mA(3.3V);
11: 10mA(1.8V), 12mA(3.3V)
IO_DS_CTRL_DOUT_LSB
1-0
Drive strength adjustment for
DOUT[9:0] outputs:
00: 4mA;
01: 6mA;
10: 8mA(1.8V), 10mA(3.3V);
11: 10mA(1.8V), 12mA(3.3V)
06Eh
- 072h
RSVD
RSVD
−
Reserved.
R/W
0
073h
EQ_BYPASS
RSVD
15-10
Reserved.
R/W
0
0: non-bypass EQ
1: bypass EQ
R/W
0
EQ_BYPASS
074h
-085h
RSVD
9
RSVD
8-0
Reserved.
R/W
0
RSVD
15-0
Reserved.
R/W
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
108 of 148
4.21.2 SD Audio Core Registers
NOTE: The GS2971 only accepts write/read commands to/from the SD Audio Register
Map when the audio core is locked to the incoming SD video format.
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers
Address
Register Name
400h
CFG_AUD
Bit Name
RSVD
Bit
15-14
Description
R/W
Default
Reserved.
R/W
0
ALL_DEL
13
Selects deletion of all audio data
and all audio control packets.
0: Do not delete existing audio
packets
1: Delete existing audio packets
R/W
0
MUTE_ALL
12
Mute all output channels.
0: Normal
1: Muted
R/W
0
ACS_USE_SECOND
11
Extract Audio Channel Status from
second channel pair.
R/W
0
CLEAR_AUDIO
10
Clears all audio FIFO buffers and
puts them in start-up state.
R/W
0
OS_SEL
9-8
Specifies the audio FIFO buffer
size.
00: 36 samples deep, 26 sample
start-up count
01: 22 samples deep, 12 sample
start-up count
10: 16 samples deep, 6 sample
start-up count
11: Reserved
R/W
0
LSB_FIRSTD
7
Causes the channel 7 and 8 output
format to use LSB first.
0: MSB first
1: LSB first
R/W
0
LSB_FIRSTC
6
Causes the channel 5 and 6 output
format to use LSB first.
0: MSB first
1: LSB first
R/W
0
LSB_FIRSTB
5
Causes the channel 3 and 4 output
format to use LSB first.
0: MSB first
1: LSB first
R/W
0
LSB_FIRSTA
4
Causes the channel 1 and 2 output
format to use LSB first.
0: MSB first
1: LSB first
R/W
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
109 of 148
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
400h
CFG_AUD
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
IDB
3-2
Specifies the Secondary audio
group to extract.
00: Audio group #1
01: Audio group #2
10: Audio group #3
11: Audio group #4
Note: Should IDA and IDB be set to
the same value, they automatically
revert to their default values.
R/W
1
IDA
1-0
Specifies the Primary audio group
to extract.
R/W
0
00: Audio group #1
01: Audio group #2
10: Audio group #3
11: Audio group #4
Note: Should IDA and IDB be set to
the same value, they automatically
revert to their default values.
401h
DBN_ERR
EXT_DET3_4B
15
Set when Secondary group
channels 3 and 4 have extended
data. Write ‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
EXT_DET1_2B
14
Set when Secondary group
channels 1 and 2 have extended
data. Write ‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
EXT_DET3_4A
13
Set when Primary group channels 3
and 4 have extended data. Write
‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
EXT_DET1_2A
12
Set when Primary group channels 1
and 2 have extended data. Write
‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
CTL_DBNB_ERR
11
Set when Secondary group control
packet Data Block Number
sequence is discontinuous. Write
‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
CTL_DBNA_ERR
10
Set when Primary group control
packet Data Block Number
sequence is discontinuous. Write
‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
EXT_DBNB_ERR
9
Set when Secondary group
extended data packet Data Block
Number sequence is discontinuous.
Write ‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
EXT_DBNA_ERR
8
Set when Primary group extended
data packet Data Block Number
sequence is discontinuous. Write
‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
110 of 148
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
401h
DBN_ERR
402h
REGEN
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
SAMP_DBNB_ERR
7
Set when Secondary group data
packet Data Block Number
sequence is discontinuous. Write
‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
SAMP_DBNA_ERR
6
Set when Primary group data
packet Data Block Number
sequence is discontinuous. Write
‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
CTRB_DET
5
Set when Secondary group audio
control packet is detected. Write
‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
CTRA_DET
4
Set when Primary group audio
control packet is detected. Write
‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
ACS_DET3_4B
3
Secondary group audio status
detected for channels 3 and 4.
Write ‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
ACS_DET1_2B
2
Secondary group audio status
detected for channels 1 and 2.
Write ‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
ACS_DET3_4A
1
Primary group audio status
detected for channels 3 and 4.
Write ‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
ACS_DET1_2A
0
Primary group audio status
detected for channels 1 and 2.
Write ‘1’ to clear.
ROCW
0
Reserved.
R/W
0
RSVD
15-2
ACS_APPLY
1
Cause channel status data in
ACSR[183:0] to be transferred to
the channel status replacement
mechanism. The transfer does not
occur until the next status
boundary.
R/W
0
ACS_REGEN
0
Specifies that Audio Channel
Status of all channels should be
replaced with ACSR[183:0] field.
0: Do not replace Channel Status
1: Replace Channel Status of all
channels
R/W
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
111 of 148
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
403h
AUD_DET
404h
CSUM_ERR_DET
Bit Name
CH_MUTE
Description
R/W
Default
IDB_READBACK
15-14
Actual value of IDB in the
hardware.
R
1
IDA_READBACK
13-12
Actual value of IDA in the
hardware.
R
0
XDPG4_DET
11
Set while embedded Group 4
audio extended packets are
detected.
R
0
XDPG3_DET
10
Set while embedded Group 3
audio extended packets are
detected.
R
0
XDPG2_DET
9
Set while embedded Group 2
audio extended packets are
detected.
R
0
XDPG1_DET
8
Set while embedded Group 1
audio extended packets are
detected.
R
0
ADPG4_DET
7
Set while Group 4 audio data
packets are detected.
R
0
ADPG3_DET
6
Set while Group 3 audio data
packets are detected.
R
0
ADPG2_DET
5
Set while Group 2 audio data
packets are detected.
R
0
ADPG1_DET
4
Set while Group 1 audio data
packets are detected.
R
0
ACS_APPLY_WAITD
3
Set while output channels 7 and 8
are waiting for a status boundary
to apply the ACSR[183:0] data.
R
0
ACS_APPLY_WAITC
2
Set while output channels 5 and 6
are waiting for a status boundary
to apply the ACSR[183:0] data.
R
0
ACS_APPLY_WAITB
1
Set while output channels 3 and 4
are waiting for a status boundary
to apply the ACSR[183:0] data.
R
0
ACS_APPLY_WAITA
0
Set while output channels 1 and 2
are waiting for a status boundary
to apply the ACSR[183:0] data.
R
0
R/W
0
ROCW
0
RSVD
CSUM_ERROR
405h
Bit
15-1
0
Reserved.
Embedded packet checksum error
detected. Write ‘1’ to clear.
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
MUTE
7-0
Mute output channels 8..1 Where
bits 7:0 = channel 8:1
1: Mute
0: Normal
R/W
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
112 of 148
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
406h
CH_VALID
407h
SD_AUDIO_ERR
OR_MASK
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
CH4_VALIDB
7
Secondary group channel 4 sample
validity flag.
R
0
CH3_VALIDB
6
Secondary group channel 3 sample
validity flag.
R
0
CH2_VALIDB
5
Secondary group channel 2 sample
validity flag.
R
0
CH1_VALIDB
4
Secondary group channel 1 sample
validity flag.
R
0
CH4_VALIDA
3
Primary group channel 4 sample
validity flag.
R
0
CH3_VALIDA
2
Primary group channel 3 sample
validity flag.
R
0
CH2_VALIDA
1
Primary group channel 2 sample
validity flag.
R
0
CH1_VALIDA
0
Primary group channel 1 sample
validity flag.
R
0
RSVD
15
Reserved.
R/W
0
EN_NOT_LOCKED
14
Asserts interrupt when LOCKED
signal is not asserted.
R/W
0
EN_NO_VIDEO
13
Asserts interrupt when video
format is unknown.
R/W
0
EN_CSUM_ERROR
12
Asserts interrupt when checksum
error is detected.
R/W
0
EN_ACS_DET3_4B
11
Asserts interrupt when
EN_ACS_DET3_4B flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ACS_DET1_2B
10
Asserts interrupt when
EN_ACS_DET1_2B flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ACS_DET3_4A
9
Asserts interrupt when
EN_ACS_DET3_4A flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ACS_DET1_2A
8
Asserts interrupt when
EN_ACS_DET1_2A flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_CTRB_DET
7
Asserts interrupt when
EN_CTRB_DET flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_CTRA_DET
6
Asserts interrupt when
EN_CTRA_DET flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_DBNB_ERR
5
Asserts interrupt when
EN_DBNB_ERR flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_DBNA_ERR
4
Asserts interrupt when
EN_DBNA_ERR flag is set.
R/W
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
113 of 148
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
Bit Name
407h
SD_AUDIO_ERR
OR_MASK
EN_ADPG4_DET
408h
CFG_OUTPUT
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
3
Asserts interrupt when the
ADPG4_DET flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ADPG3_DET
2
Asserts interrupt when the
ADPG3_DET flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ADPG2_DET
1
Asserts interrupt when the
ADPG2_DET flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ADPG1_DET
0
Asserts interrupt when the
ADPG1_DET flag is set.
R/W
0
ASWLD
15-14
Output channels 7 and 8 word
length.
00: 24 bits
01: 20 bits
10: 16 bits
11: Automatic 20-bit or 24-bit
R/W
3
ASWLC
13-12
Output channels 5 and 6 word
length. (See above for decoding)
R/W
3
ASWLB
11-10
Output channels 3 and 4 word
length. (See above for decoding)
R/W
3
ASWLA
9-8
Output channels 1 and 2 word
length. (See above for decoding)
R/W
3
AMD
7-6
Output channels 7 and 8 format
selector.
00: AES/EBU audio output
01: Serial audio output: Left
justified; MSB first
10: Serial audio output: Right
justified; MSB first
R/W
3
11: I2S serial audio output
AMC
5-4
Output channels 5 and 6 format
selector. (See above for decoding).
R/W
3
AMB
3-2
Output channels 3 and 4 format
selector. (See above for decoding).
R/W
3
AMA
1-0
Output channels 1 and 2 format
selector. (See above for decoding).
R/W
3
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
114 of 148
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
409h
OUTPUT_SEL_1
40Ah
40Bh 41Fh
OUTPUT_SEL_2
RSVD
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-12
Reserved.
R/W
0
OP4_SRC
11-9
Output channel 4 source selector.
000: Primary audio group channel
1
001: Primary audio group channel
2
010: Primary audio group channel
3
011: Primary audio group channel
4
100: Secondary audio group
channel 1
101: Secondary audio group
channel 2
110: Secondary audio group
channel 3
111: Secondary audio group
channel 4
R/W
3
OP3_SRC
8-6
Output channel 3 source selector
(Decode as above).
R/W
2
OP2_SRC
5-3
Output channel 2 source selector
(Decode as above).
R/W
1
OP1_SRC
2-0
Output channel 1 source selector
(Decode as above).
R/W
0
RSVD
15-12
Reserved.
R/W
0
OP8_SRC
11-9
Output channel 8 source selector.
000: Primary audio group channel
1
001: Primary audio group channel
2
010: Primary audio group channel
3
011: Primary audio group channel
4
100: Secondary audio group
channel 1
101: Secondary audio group
channel 2
110: Secondary audio group
channel 3
111: Secondary audio group
channel 4
R/W
7
OP7_SRC
8-6
Output channel 7 source selector
(Decode as above).
R/W
6
OP6_SRC
5-3
Output channel 6 source selector
(Decode as above).
R/W
5
OP5_SRC
2-0
Output channel 5 source selector
(Decode as above).
R/W
4
−
−
RSVD
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
−
Reserved.
115 of 148
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
420h
AFNA12
421h
422h
423h
424h
AFNA34
RATEA
ACT_A
PRIM_AUD_
DELAY_1
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
R/W
0
AFN1_2A
8-0
Primary group audio frame
number for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
R/W
0
AFN3_4A
8-0
Primary group audio frame
number for channels 3 and 4.
R
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
RATE3_4A
7-5
Primary group sampling frequency
for channels 3 and 4
R
0
ASX3_4A
4
Primary group asynchronous mode
for channels 3 and 4.
R
0
RATE1_2A
3-1
Primary group sampling frequency
for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
ASX1_2A
0
Primary group asynchronous mode
for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
RSVD
15-4
Reserved.
ACTA
3-0
Primary group active channels.
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL1A_1
8-1
Primary Audio group delay data
for channel 1.
R
0
0
Primary Audio group delay data
valid flag for channel 1.
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
EBIT1A
425h
426h
427h
PRIM_AUD_
DELAY_2
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL1A_2
8-0
Primary Audio group delay data
for channel 1.
PRIM_AUD_
DELAY_3
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL1A_3
8-0
Primary Audio group delay data
for channel 1.
PRIM_AUD_
DELAY_4
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL2A_4
8-1
Primary Audio group delay data
for channel 2.
R
0
0
Primary Audio group delay data
valid flag for channel 2.
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
EBIT2A
428h
429h
PRIM_AUD_
DELAY_5
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL2A_5
8-0
Primary Audio group delay data
for channel 2.
PRIM_AUD_
DELAY_6
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL2A_6
8-0
Primary Audio group delay data
for channel 2.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
116 of 148
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
42Ah
PRIM_AUD_
DELAY_7
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
R/W
0
DEL3A_7
8-1
Primary Audio group delay data
for channel 3.
R
0
0
Primary Audio group delay data
valid flag for channel 3.
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
EBIT3A
42Bh
42Ch
42Dh
PRIM_AUD_
DELAY_8
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL3A_8
8-0
Primary Audio group delay data
for channel 3.
PRIM_AUD_
DELAY_9
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL3A_9
8-0
Primary Audio group delay data
for channel 3.
PRIM_AUD_
DELAY_10
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL4A_10
8-1
Primary Audio group delay data
for channel 4.
R
0
0
Primary Audio group delay data
valid flag for channel 4.
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
EBIT4A
42Eh
42Fh
430h
431h
432h
433h
PRIM_AUD_
DELAY_11
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL4A_11
8-0
Primary Audio group delay data
for channel 4.
PRIM_AUD_
DELAY_12
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL4A_12
8-0
Primary Audio group delay data
for channel 4.
AFNB12
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
AFN1_2B
8-0
Secondary group audio frame
number for channels 1 and 2.
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
AFN3_4B
8-0
Secondary group audio frame
number for channels 3 and 4.
R
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R
0
RATE3_4B
7-5
Secondary group sampling
frequency for channels 3 and 4.
R
0
ASX3_4B
4
Secondary group asynchronous
mode for channels 3 and 4.
R
0
RATE1_2B
3-1
Secondary group sampling
frequency for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
ASX1_2B
0
Secondary group asynchronous
mode for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
AFNB34
RATEB
ACT_B
RSVD
15-4
Reserved.
ACTB
3-0
Secondary group active channels.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
117 of 148
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
434h
SEC_AUD_
DELAY_!
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
R/W
0
DEL1B_1
8-1
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channel 1.
R
0
0
Secondary Audio group delay data
valid flag for channel 1.
R
0
EBIT1B
435h
436h
437h
SEC_AUD
DELAY_2
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL1B_2
8-0
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channel 1.
SEC_AUD_
DELAY_3
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL1B_3
8-0
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channel 1.
SEC_AUD
DELAY_4
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL2B_4
8-1
0
EBIT2B
438h
439h
43Ah
43Ch
43Dh
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channel 2.
R
0
Secondary Audio group delay data
valid flag for channel 2.
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
SEC_AUD
DELAY_5
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL2B_5
8-0
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channel 2.
SEC_AUD
DELAY_6
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL2B_6
8-0
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channel 2.
SEC_AUD
DELAY_7
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL3B_7
8-1
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channel 3.
R
0
0
Secondary Audio group delay data
valid flag for channel 3.
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
EBIT3B
43Bh
R/W
SEC_AUD
DELAY_8
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL3B_8
8-0
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channel 3.
SEC_AUD
DELAY_9
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL3B_9
8-0
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channel 3.
SEC_AUD
DELAY_10
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL4B_10
8-1
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channel 4.
R
0
0
Secondary Audio group delay data
valid flag for channel 4.
R
0
EBIT4B
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
118 of 148
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
43Eh
43Fh
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
SEC_AUD_
DELAY_11
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
R/W
0
DEL4B_11
8-0
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channel 4.
R
0
SEC_AUD_
DELAY_12
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
R/W
0
DEL4B_12
8-0
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channel 4.
R
0
440h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
0_1
ACSR1_2A_0
15-0
Bytes 0 [7:0] and 1 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2
R
0
441h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
2_3
ACSR1_2A_2
15-0
Bytes 2 [7:0] and 3 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2
R
0
442h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
4_5
ACSR1_2A_4
15-0
Bytes 4 [7:0] and 5 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2
R
0
443h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
6_7
ACSR1_2A_6
15-0
Bytes 6 [7:0] and 7 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2
R
0
444h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
8_9
ACSR1_2A_8
15-0
Bytes 8 [7:0] and 9 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
445H
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
10_11
ACSR1_2A_10
15-0
Bytes 10 [7:0] and 11 [15:8] of
audio group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
446H
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
12_13
ACSR1_2A_12
15-0
Bytes 12 [7:0] and 13 [15:8] of
audio group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
447h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
14_15
ACSR1_2A_14
15-0
Bytes 14 [7:0] and 15 [15:8] of
audio group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
448h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
16_17
ACSR1_2A_16
15-0
Bytes 16 [7:0] and 17 [15:8] of
audio group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
449h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
18_19
ACSR1_2A_18
15-0
Bytes 18 [7:0] and 19 [15:8] of
audio group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
44Ah
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
20_21
ACSR1_2A_20
15-0
Bytes 20 [7:0] and 21 [15:8] of
audio group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
44Bh
ACRS1_2A_
BYTE22
RSVD
15-8
Reserved
R/W
0
ACSR1_2A_22
7-0
Bytes 22 of audio group A channel
status for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
RSVD
RSVD
15-0
Reserved
R/W
0
44Ch 44Fh
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
119 of 148
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
450h
ACSR3_4A
BYTE0_1
ACSR3_4A_0
15-0
Bytes 0 [7:0] and 1 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
451h
ACSR3_4A
BYTE2_3
ACSR3_4A_2
15-0
Bytes 2 [7:0] and 3 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
452h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
4_5
ACSR3_4A_4
15-0
Bytes 4 [7:0] and 5 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
453h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
6_7
ACSR3_4A_6
15-0
Bytes 6 [7:0] and 7 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
454h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
8_9
ACSR3_4A_8
15-0
Bytes 8 [7:0] and 9 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
455h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
10_11
ACSR3_4A_10
15-0
Bytes 10 [7:0] and 11 [15:8] of
audio group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
456h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
12_13
ACSR3_4A_12
15-0
Bytes 12 [7:0] and 13 [15:8] of
audio group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
457h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
14_15
ACSR3_4A_14
15-0
Bytes 14 [7:0] and 15 [15:8] of
audio group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
458h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
16_17
ACSR3_4A_16
15-0
Bytes 16 [7:0] and 17 [15:8] of
audio group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
459h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
18_19
ACSR3_4A_18
15-0
Bytes 18 [7:0] and 19 [15:8] of
audio group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
45Ah
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
20_21
ACSR3_4A_20
15-0
Bytes 20 [7:0] and 21 [15:8] of
audio group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
45Bh
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
22
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR3_4A_22
7-0
Bytes 22 of audio group A channel
status for channels 3 and 4.
R
0
RSVD
RSVD
15-0
Reserved.
R/W
0
460h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
0_1
ACSR1_2B_0
15-0
Bytes 0 [7:0] and 1 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
461h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
2_3
ACSR1_2B_2
15-0
Bytes 2 [7:0] and 3 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
462h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
4_5
ACSR1_2B_4
15-0
Bytes 4 [7:0] and 5 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
45 Ch 45Fh
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
120 of 148
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
463h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
6_7
ACSR1_2B_6
15-0
Bytes 6 [7:0] and 7 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
464h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
8_9
ACSR1_2B_8
15-0
Bytes 8 [7:0] and 9 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
465h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
10_11
ACSR1_2B_10
15-0
Bytes 10 [7:0] and 11 [15:8] of
audio group B channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
466h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
12_13
ACSR1_2B_12
15-0
Bytes 12 [7:0] and 13 [15:8] of
audio group B channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
467h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
14_15
ACSR1_2B_14
15-0
Bytes 14 [7:0] and 15 [15:8] of
audio group B channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
468h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
16_17
ACSR1_2B_16
15-0
Bytes 16 [7:0] and 17 [15:8] of
audio group B channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
469h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
18_19
ACSR1_2B_18
15-0
Bytes 18 [7:0] and 19 [15:8] of
audio group B channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
46Ah
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
20_21
ACSR1_2B_20
15-0
Bytes 20 [7:0] and 21 [15:8] of
audio group B channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
46Bh
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
22
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR1_2B_22
7-0
Bytes 22 of audio group B channel
status for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
RSVD
RSVD
15-0
Reserved
R/W
0
470h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
0_1
ACSR3_4B_0
15-0
Bytes 0 [7:0] and 1 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
471h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
2_3
ACSR3_4B_2
15-0
Bytes 2 [7:0] and 3 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
472h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
4_5
ACSR3_4B_4
15-0
Bytes 4 [7:0] and 5 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
473h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
6_7
ACSR3_4B_6
15-0
Bytes 6 [7:0] and 7 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
474h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
8_9
ACSR3_4B_8
15-0
Bytes 8 [7:0] and 9 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
475h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
10_11
ACSR3_4B_10
15-0
Bytes 10 [7:0] and 11 [15:8] of
audio group B channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
46Ch 46Fh
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
121 of 148
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
476h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
12_13
ACSR3_4B_12
15-0
Bytes 12 [7:0] and 13 [15:8] of
audio group B channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
477h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
14_15
ACSR3_4B_14
15-0
Bytes 14 [7:0] and 15 [15:8] of
audio group B channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
478h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
16_17
ACSR3_4B_16
15-0
Bytes 16 [7:0] and 17 [15:8] of
audio group B channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
479h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
18_19
ACSR3_4B_18
15-0
Bytes 18 [7:0] and 19 [15:8] of
audio group B channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
47Ah
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
20_21
ACSR3_4B_20
15-0
Bytes 20 [7:0] and 21 [15:8] of
audio group B channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
47Bh
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
22
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR3_4B_22
7-0
Bytes 22 of audio group B channel
status for channels 3 and 4.
R
0
47Ch 47Fh
RSVD
RSVD
15-0
Reserved.
R/W
0
480h
ACSR_BYTE_0
ACSR_BYTE0
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register for 23 registers.
R
0
481h
ACSR_BYTE_1
ACSR_BYTE1
7-0
−
W
0
482h
ACSR_BYTE_2
ACSR_BYTE2
7-0
−
W
0
483h
ACSR_BYTE_3
ACSR_BYTE3
7-0
−
W
0
484h
ACSR_BYTE_4
ACSR_BYTE4
7-0
−
W
0
485h
ACSR_BYTE_5
ACSR_BYTE5
7-0
−
W
0
486h
ACSR_BYTE_6
ACSR_BYTE6
7-0
−
W
0
487h
ACSR_BYTE_7
ACSR_BYTE7
7-0
−
W
0
488h
ACSR_BYTE_8
ACSR_BYTE8
7-0
−
W
0
489h
ACSR_BYTE_9
ACSR_BYTE9
7-0
−
W
0
48Ah
ACSR_BYTE_10
ACSR_BYTE10
7-0
−
W
0
48Bh
ACSR_BYTE_11
ACSR_BYTE11
7-0
−
W
0
48Ch
ACSR_BYTE_12
ACSR_BYTE12
7-0
−
W
0
48Dh
ACSR_BYTE_13
ACSR_BYTE13
7-0
−
W
0
48Eh
ACSR_BYTE_14
ACSR_BYTE14
7-0
−
W
0
48Fh
ACSR_BYTE_15
ACSR_BYTE15
7-0
−
W
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
122 of 148
Table 4-30: SD Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
490h
ACSR_BYTE_16
ACSR_BYTE16
7-0
−
W
0
491h
ACSR_BYTE_17
ACSR_BYTE17
7-0
−
W
0
492h
ACSR_BYTE_18
ACSR_BYTE18
7-0
−
W
0
493h
ACSR_BYTE_19
ACSR_BYTE19
7-0
−
W
0
494h
ACSR_BYTE_20
ACSR_BYTE20
7-0
−
R/W
0
495h
ACSR_BYTE_21
ACSR_BYTE21
7-0
−
R/W
0
496h
ACSR_BYTE_22
ACSR_BYTE22
7-0
−
R/W
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
123 of 148
4.21.3 HD and 3G Audio Core Registers
NOTE: The GS2971 only accepts write/read commands to/from the HD/3G Audio
Register Map when the audio core is locked to the incoming HD or 3G video format.
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers
Address
Register Name
200h
CFG_AUD
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
ECC_OFF
15
Disables ECC error correction.
R/W
0
ALL_DEL
14
Selects deletion of all audio data
and all audio control packets
R/W
0
R/W
0
Extract Audio Channel Status from
second channel pair.
R/W
0
Secondary group output word
length.
R/W
3
R/W
3
R/W
3
R/W
3
0: Do not delete existing audio
control packets
1: Delete existing audio control
packets.
MUTE_ALL
13
Mute all output channels
0: Normal
1: Muted
ACS_USE_SECOND
ASWLB
12
11-10
00: 24 bits
01: 20 bits
10: 16 bits
11: invalid
ASWLA
9-8
Primary group output word length.
00: 24 bits
01: 20 bits
10: 16 bits
11: invalid
AMB
7-6
Secondary group output format
selector.
00: AES/EBU audio output
01: Serial audio output: left
justified MSB first
10: Serial audio output: right
justified. MSB first
11: I2S serial audio output
AMA
5-4
Primary group output format
selector.
00: AES/EBU audio output
01: Serial audio output: left
justified MSB first
10: Serial audio output: right
justified MSB first
11: I2S serial audio output
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
124 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
200h
CFG_AUD
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
IDB
3-2
Specifies the Secondary audio
group to extract.
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
0
00: Audio group #1
01: Audio group #2
10: Audio group #3
11: Audio group #4
Note: Should IDA and IDB be set to
the same value, they automatically
revert to their default values.
IDA
1-0
Specifies the Primary audio group
to extract.
00: Audio group #1
01: Audio group #2
10: Audio group #3
11: Audio group #4
Note: Should IDA and IDB be set to
the same value, they automatically
revert to their default values.
201h
ACS_DET
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
DBNB_ERR
7
Set when Secondary group audio
Data Block Number sequence is
discontinuous.
ROCW
0
DBNA_ERR
6
Set when Primary group audio
Data Block Number sequence is
discontinuous.
ROCW
0
CTRB_DET
5
Set when Secondary group audio
control packet is detected.
ROCW
0
CTRA_DET
4
Set when Primary group audio
control packet is detected.
ROCW
0
ACS_DET3_4B
3
Secondary group audio status
detected for channels 3 and 4.
ROCW
0
ACS_DET1_2B
2
Secondary group audio status
detected for channels 1 and 2.
ROCW
0
ACS_DET3_4A
1
Primary group audio status
detected for channels 3 and 4.
ROCW
0
ACS_DET1_2A
0
Primary group audio status
detected for channels 1 and 2.
ROCW
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
125 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
202h
AUD_DET1
203h
204h
AUD_DET2
REGEN
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
R
0
IDB_READBACK
8-7
Actual value of IDB in the
hardware.
R
1
IDA_READBACK
6-5
Actual value of IDA in the
hardware.
R
0
ADPG4_DET
4
Set while Group 4 audio data
packets are detected.
R
0
ADPG3_DET
3
Set while Group 3 audio data
packets are detected.
R
0
ADPG2_DET
2
Set while Group 2 audio data
packets are detected.
R
0
ADPG1_DET
1
Set while Group 1 audio data
packets are detected.
R
0
ACS_APPLY_WAIT
0
ACS_APPLY_WAIT: Set while output
channels 1 and 2 are waiting for a
status boundary to apply the
ACSR[183:0] data.
R
0
R/W
0
RSVD
15-2
Reserved.
ECCA_ERROR
1
Primary group audio data packet
error detected.
ROCW
0
ECCB_ERROR
0
Secondary group audio data packet
error detected.
ROCW
0
Reserved.
R/W
0
RSVD
15-2
ACS_APPLY
1
Cause channel status data in
ACSR[183:0] to be transferred to
the channel status replacement
mechanism. The transfer does not
occur until the next status
boundary.
R/W
0
ACS_REGEN
0
Specifies that Audio Channel Status
of all channels should be replaced
with ACSR[183:0] field.
R/W
0
0: Do not replace Channel Status
1: Replace Channel Status of all
channels
205h
CH_MUTE
RSVD
15
Reserved.
R/W
0
MUTEB
7-4
Mute Secondary output channels
4..1 Where bits 7:4 = channel 4:1
R/W
0
R/W
0
1: Mute
0: Normal
MUTEA
3-0
Mute Primary output channels 4..1
Where bits 3:0 = channel 4:1
1: Mute
0: Normal
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
126 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
206h
CH_VALID
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
CH4_VALIDB
7
Secondary group channel 4 sample
validity flag.
R
0
CH3_VALIDB
6
Secondary group channel 3 sample
validity flag.
R
0
CH2_VALIDB
5
Secondary group channel 2 sample
validity flag.
R
0
CH1_VALIDB
4
Secondary group channel 1 sample
validity flag.
R
0
CH4_VALIDA
3
Primary group channel 4 sample
validity flag.
R
0
CH3_VALIDA
2
Primary group channel 3 sample
validity flag.
R
0
CH2_VALIDA
1
Primary group channel 2 sample
validity flag.
R
0
CH1_VALIDA
0
Primary group channel 1 sample
validity flag.
R
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
127 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
207h
HD_AUDIO_ERR
OR_MASK
RSVD
15
Reserved.
R/W
0
EN_MISSING_PHASE
14
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
chosen group's phase data is
missing
R/W
0
EN_ACS_DET3_4B
13
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
ACS_DET3_4B flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ACS_DET1_2B
12
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
ACS_DET1_2B flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ACS_DET3_4A
11
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
ACS_DET3_4A flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ACS_DET1_2A
10
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
ACS_DET1_2A flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_CTRB_DET
9
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
CTRB_DET flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_CTRA_DET
8
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
CTRA_DET flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_DBNB_ERR
7
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
DBNB_ERR flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_DBNA_ERR
6
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
DBNA_ERR flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ECCB_ERR
5
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
ECCB_ERR flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ECCA_ERR
4
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
ECCA_ERR flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ADPG4_DET
3
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
ADPG4_DET flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ADPG3_DET
2
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
ADPG3_DET flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ADPG2_DET
1
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
ADPG2_DET flag is set.
R/W
0
EN_ADPG1_DET
0
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
ADPG1_DET flag is set.
R/W
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
128 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
208h
CFG_AUD_2
Bit Name
RSVD
Bit
15-11
Description
R/W
Default
Reserved.
R/W
0
SEL_PHASE_SRC
10
Selects between the Primary and
Secondary embedded phase info.
R/W
0
LSB_FIRSTB
9
Causes the Secondary group serial
output formats to use LSB first.
R/W
0
LSB_FIRSTA
8
Causes the Primary group serial
output formats to use LSB first.
R/W
0
FORCE_M
7
Disables M value detection and
forces M value to that specified by
FORCE_MEQ1001.
R/W
0
FORCE_MEQ1001
6
Specifies M value when FORCE_M is
set.
R/W
0
1: M= 1.001
0: M = 1.000
209h
CFG_AUD_3
IGNORE_PHASE
5
Causes the Demultiplexer to ignore
the embedded clock info in both
the Primary and Secondary group
audio data packets. Clock is
generated based on the video
format and M value.
R/W
0
FORCE_ACLK128
4
Causes the core to ignore
embedded clock info and derive
phase information from ACLK128.
R/W
0
RSVD
3
Reserved.
R/W
0
RSVD
2
Reserved.
R/W
0
EN_NO_PHASEB
1
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
NO_PHASEB_DATA is set.
R/W
0
EN_NO_PHASEA
0
Asserts AUDIO_ERROR when
NO_PHASEA_DATA is set.
R/W
0
Reserved.
R/W
0
RSVD
15-3
MISSING_PHASE
2
Embedded phase info for chosen
group missing or incorrect.
R
0
NO_PHASEB_DATA
1
Secondary group has invalid
embedded clock information.
R
0
NO_PHASEA_DATA
0
Primary group has invalid
embedded clock information.
R
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
129 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
20Ah
OUTPUT_SEL_1
Bit Name
Bit
Description
RSVD
15-12
Reserved.
OP4_SRC
11-9
Output channel 4 source selector.
R/W
Default
R
0
R/W
3
000: Primary audio group channel 1
001: Primary audio group channel 2
010: Primary audio group channel 3
011: Primary audio group channel 4
100: Secondary audio group
channel 1
101: Secondary audio group
channel 2
110: Secondary audio group
channel 3
111: Secondary audio group
channel 4
20Bh
OUTPUT_SEL_2
OP3_SRC
8-6
Output channel 3 source selector
(Decode as above).
R/W
2
OP2_SRC
5-3
Output channel 2 source selector
(Decode as above).
R/W
1
OP1_SRC
2-0
Output channel 1 source selector
(Decode as above).
R/W
0
RSVD
15-12
Reserved.
R/W
0
OP8_SRC
11-9
Output channel 8 source selector.
R/W
7
000: Primary audio group channel 1
001: Primary audio group channel 2
010: Primary audio group channel 3
011: Primary audio group channel 4
100: Secondary audio group
channel 1
101: Secondary audio group
channel 2
110: Secondary audio group
channel 3
111: Secondary audio group
channel 4
OP7_SRC
8-6
Output channel 7 source selector
(Decode as above).
R/W
6
OP6_SRC
5-3
Output channel 6 source selector
(Decode as above).
R/W
5
OP5_SRC
2-0
Output channel 5 source selector
(Decode as above).
R/W
4
20Ch 21Fh
RSVD
RSVD
−
Reserved.
−
−
220h
AFNA
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
R/W
0
AFNA
8-0
Primary group audio frame
number.
R
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
130 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
221h
RATEA
222h
223h
ACTA
PRIM_AUD
_DELAY_1
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-4
Reserved.
R/W
0
RATEA
3-1
Primary group sampling frequency
for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
ASXA
0
Primary group asynchronous mode
for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
RSVD
15-4
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACTA
3-0
Primary group active channels.
R
0
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
R/W
0
DEL1_2A_1
8-1
Primary Audio group delay data for
channels 1 and 2 [7:0].
R
0
Primary Audio group delay data
valid flag for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
EBIT1_2A
224h
225h
226h
PRIM_AUD
_DELAY_2
PRIM_AUD
_DELAY_3
PRIM_AUD
_DELAY_4
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL1_2A_2
8-0
Primary Audio group delay data for
channels 1 and 2 [16:8].
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL1_2A_3
8-0
Primary Audio group delay data for
channels 1 and 2 [25:17].
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL3_4A_4
8-1
Primary Audio group delay data for
channels 3 and 4 [7:0].
R
0
Primary Audio group delay data
valid flag for channels 3 and 4.
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
EBIT3_4A
227h
228h
PRIM_AUD
_DELAY_5
PRIM_AUD
_DELAY_6
0
0
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL3_4A_5
8-0
Primary Audio group delay data for
channels 3 and 4 [16:8].
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL3_4A_6
8-0
Primary Audio group delay data for
channels 3 and 4 [25:17].
229h 22Fh
RSVD
RSVD
−
Reserved.
R/W
0
230h
AFNB
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
R/W
0
AFNB
8-0
Secondary group audio frame
number.
R
0
RSVD
15-4
Reserved.
R/W
0
RATEB
3-1
Secondary group sampling
frequency for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
ASXB
0
Secondary group asynchronous
mode for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
231h
RATEB
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
131 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
232h
ACTB
233h
SEC_AUD_DELAY
_1
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-4
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACTB
3-0
Secondary group active channels.
R
0
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
R/W
0
DEL1_2B_1
8-1
Secondary Audio group delay data
valid flag for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
0
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channels 1 and 2 [7:0].
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
EBIT1_2B
234h
235h
236h
SEC_AUD_DELAY
_2
SEC_AUD_DELAY
_3
SEC_AUD_DELAY
_4
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL1_2B_2
8-0
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channels 1 and 2 [16:8].
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL1_2B_3
8-0
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channels 1 and 2 [25:17].
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL3_4B_4
8-1
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channels 3 and 4 [7:0].
R
0
0
Secondary Audio group delay data
valid flag for channels 3 and 4.
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
R
0
R/W
0
EBIT3_4B
237h
238h
SEC_AUD_DELAY
_5
SEC_AUD_DELAY
_6
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL3_4B_5
8-0
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channels 3 and 4 [16:8].
RSVD
15-9
Reserved.
DEL3_4B_6
8-0
Secondary Audio group delay data
for channels 3 and 4 [25:17].
RSVD
−
239h 23Fh
RSVD
240h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
0_1
ACSR1_2A_0
15-0
Bytes 0 [7:0] and 1 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
241h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
2_3
ACSR1_2A_2
15-0
Bytes 2 [7:0] and 3 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
242h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
4_5
ACSR1_2A_4
15-0
Bytes 4 [7:0] and 5 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
243h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
6_7
ACSR1_2A_6
15-0
Bytes 6 [7:0] and 7 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
244h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
8_9
ACSR1_2A_8
15-0
Bytes 8 [7:0] and 9 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
Reserved.
132 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
245h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
10_11
ACSR1_2A_10
15-0
Bytes 10 [7:0] and 11 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
246h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
12_13
ACSR1_2A_12
15-0
Bytes 12 [7:0] and 13 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
247h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
14_15
ACSR1_2A_14
15-0
Bytes 14 [7:0] and 15 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
248h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
16_17
ACSR1_2A_16
15-0
Bytes 16 [7:0] and 17 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
249h
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
18_19
ACSR1_2A_18
15-0
Bytes 18 [7:0] and 19 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
24Ah
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
20_21
ACSR1_2A_20
15-0
Bytes 20 [7:0] and 21 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 1 and 2.
R
0
24Bh
ACSR1_2A_BYTE
22
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR1_2A_22
7-0
Bytes 22 of audio group A channel
status for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
RSVD
15-0
Reserved.
R/W
0
24Ch 24Fh
RSVD
250h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
0_1
ACSR3_4A_0
15-0
Bytes 0 [7:0] and 1 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
251h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
2_3
ACSR3_4A_2
15-0
Bytes 2 [7:0] and 3 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
252h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
4_5
ACSR3_4A_4
15-0
Bytes 4 [7:0] and 5 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
253h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
6_7
ACSR3_4A_6
15-0
Bytes 6 [7:0] and 7 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
254h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
8_9
ACSR3_4A_8
15-0
Bytes 8 [7:0] and 9 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
255h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
10_11
ACSR3_4A_10
15-0
Bytes 10 [7:0] and 11 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
256h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
12_13
ACSR3_4A_12
15-0
Bytes 12 [7:0] and 13 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
257h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
14_15
ACSR3_4A_14
15-0
Bytes 14 [7:0] and 15 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
133 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
258h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
16_17
ACSR3_4A_16
15-0
Bytes 16 [7:0] and 17 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
259h
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
18_19
ACSR3_4A_18
15-0
Bytes 18 [7:0] and 19 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
25Ah
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
20_21
ACSR3_4A_20
15-0
Bytes 20 [7:0] and 21 [15:8] of audio
group A channel status for
channels 3 and 4.
R
0
25Bh
ACSR3_4A_BYTE
22
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR3_4A_22
7-0
Bytes 22 of audio group A channel
status for channels 3 and 4.
R
0
RSVD
15-0
Reserved.
R/W
0
25Ch 25Fh
RSVD
260h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
0_1
ACSR1_2B_0
15-0
Bytes 0 [7:0] and 1 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
1 and 2.
R
0
261h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
2_3
ACSR1_2B_2
15-0
Bytes 2 [7:0] and 3 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
1 and 2.
R
0
262h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
4_5
ACSR1_2B_4
15-0
Bytes 4 [7:0] and 5 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
1 and 2.
R
0
263h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
6_7
ACSR1_2B_6
15-0
Bytes 6 [7:0] and 7 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
1 and 2.
R
0
264h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
8_9
ACSR1_2B_8
15-0
Bytes 8 [7:0] and 9 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
1 and 2.
R
0
265h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
10_11
ACSR1_2B_10
15-0
Bytes 10 [7:0] and 11 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
1 and 2.
R
0
266h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
12_13
ACSR1_2B_12
15-0
Bytes 12 [7:0] and 13 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
1 and 2.
R
0
267h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
14_15
ACSR1_2B_14
15-0
Bytes 14 [7:0] and 15 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
1 and 2.
R
0
268h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
16_17
ACSR1_2B_16
15-0
Bytes 16 [7:0] and 17 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
1 and 2.
R
0
269h
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
18_19
ACSR1_2B_18
15-0
Bytes 18 [7:0] and 19 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
1 and 2.
R
0
26Ah
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
20_21
ACSR1_2B_20
15-0
Bytes 20 [7:0] and 21 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
1 and 2.
R
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
134 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
26Bh
ACSR1_2B_BYTE
22
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR1_2B_22
7-0
Bytes 22 of audio group B channel
status for channels 1 and 2.
R
0
RSVD
15-0
Reserved.
R/W
0
26Ch 26Fh
RSVD
270h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
0_1
ACSR3_4B_0
15-0
Bytes 0 [7:0] and 1 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
3 and 4.
R
0
271h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
2_3
ACSR3_4B_2
15-0
Bytes 2 [7:0] and 3 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
3 and 4.
R
0
272h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
4_5
ACSR3_4B_4
15-0
Bytes 4 [7:0] and 5 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
3 and 4.
R
0
273h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
6_7
ACSR3_4B_6
15-0
Bytes 6 [7:0] and 7 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
3 and 4.
R
0
274h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
8_9
ACSR3_4B_8
15-0
Bytes 8 [7:0] and 9 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
3 and 4.
R
0
275h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
10_11
ACSR3_4B_10
15-0
Bytes 10 [7:0] and 11 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
3 and 4.
R
0
276h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
12_13
ACSR3_4B_12
15-0
Bytes 12 [7:0] and 13 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
3 and 4.
R
0
277h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
14_15
ACSR3_4B_14
15-0
Bytes 14 [7:0] and 15 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
3 and 4.
R
0
278h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
16_17
ACSR3_4B_16
15-0
Bytes 16 [7:0] and 17 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
3 and 4.
R
0
279h
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
18_19
ACSR3_4B_18
15-0
Bytes 18 [7:0] and 19 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
3 and 4.
R
0
27Ah
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
20_21
ACSR3_4B_20
15-0
Bytes 20 [7:0] and 21 [15:8] of audio
group B channel status for channels
3 and 4.
R
0
27Bh
ACSR3_4B_BYTE
22
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR3_4B_22
7-0
Bytes 22 of audio group B channel
status for channels 3 and 4.
R
0
RSVD
15-0
Reserved.
R/W
0
27Ch 27Fh
RSVD
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
135 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
280h
ACSR_BYTE_0
281h
282h
283h
284h
285h
286h
ACSR_BYTE_1
ACSR_BYTE_2
ACSR_BYTE_3
ACSR_BYTE_4
ACSR_BYTE_5
ACSR_BYTE_6
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR0
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR1
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR2
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR3
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR4
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR5
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR6
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
136 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
287h
ACSR_BYTE_7
288h
289h
28Ah
28Bh
28Ch
28Dh
ACSR_BYTE_8
ACSR_BYTE_9
ACSR_BYTE_10
ACSR_BYTE_11
ACSR_BYTE_12
ACSR_BYTE_13
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR7
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR8
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR9
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR10
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR11
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR12
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR13
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
137 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
28Eh
ACSR_BYTE_14
28Fh
290h
291h
292h
293h
294h
ACSR_BYTE_15
ACSR_BYTE_16
ACSR_BYTE_17
ACSR_BYTE_18
ACSR_BYTE_19
ACSR_BYTE_20
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR14
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR15
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR16
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR17
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR18
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR19
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR20
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
138 of 148
Table 4-31: HD and 3G Audio Core Configuration and Status Registers (Continued)
Address
Register Name
295h
ACSR_BYTE_21
296h
297h
ACSR_BYTE_22
RSVD
Bit Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR21
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-8
Reserved.
R/W
0
ACSR22
7-0
Audio channel status to use when
ACS_REGEN is set or when adding
audio channel status to
non-AES/EBU audio. 8 bits per
register starting at register 280h
and ending at register 296h.
W
0
RSVD
15-0
Reserved.
R
29
Table 4-32: ANC Extraction FIFO Access Registers
Address
Register Name
Bit
Description
R/W
Default
800h BFFh
ANC_PACKET_BANK
15-0
Extracted Ancillary Data 91024 words.
Bit 15-8: Most Significant Word (MSW).
Bit 7-0: Least Significant Word (LSW).
See Section 4.18.8.
R
0
Legend:
R = Read only
ROCW = Read Only, Clear on Write
R/W = Read or Write
W = Write only
4.22 JTAG Test Operation
When the JTAG/HOST pin of the GS2971 is set HIGH, the host interface port is
configured for JTAG test operation. In this mode, pins E7, F8, F7, and E8 become TDO,
TCK, TMS, and TDI. In addition, the RESET_TRST pin operates as the test reset pin.
Boundary scan testing using the JTAG interface is enabled in this mode.
There are two ways in which JTAG can be used:
1. As a stand-alone JTAG interface to be used at in-circuit ATE (Automatic Test
Equipment) during PCB assembly.
2. Under control of a host processor for applications such as system power on self
tests.
When the JTAG tests are applied by ATE, care must be taken to disable any other devices
driving the digital I/O pins. If the tests are to be applied only at ATE, this can be
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
139 of 148
accomplished with tri-state buffers used in conjunction with the JTAG/HOST input
signal. This is shown in Figure 4-52.
GS2971
Application HOST
CS_TMS
SCLK_TCK
SDIN_TDI
SDOUT_TDO
JTAG_HOST
In-circuit ATE probe
Figure 4-52: In-Circuit JTAG
Alternatively, if the test capabilities are to be used in the system, the host processor may
still control the JTAG/HOST input signal, but some means for tri-stating the host must
exist in order to use the interface at ATE. This is represented in Figure 4-53.
Application HOST
GS2971
CS_TMS
SCLK_TCK
SDIN_TDI
SDOUT_TDO
JTAG_HOST
Tri-State
In-circuit ATE probe
Figure 4-53: System JTAG
Scan coverage is limited to digital pins only. There is no scan coverage for analog pins
VCO, SDO/SDO, RSET, LF, and CP_RES.
The JTAG/HOST pin must be held LOW during scan and therefore has no scan coverage.
Please contact your Semtech representative to obtain the BSDL model for the GS2971.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
140 of 148
4.23 Device Power-up
Because the GS2971 is designed to operate in a multi-voltage environment, any
power-up sequence is allowed. The charge pump, phase detector, core logic, serial
digital output and I/O buffers can all be powered up in any order.
4.24 Device Reset
NOTE: At power-up, the device must be reset to operate correctly.
In order to initialize all internal operating conditions to their default states, hold the
RESET_TRST signal LOW for a minimum of treset = 1ms after all power supplies are stable.
There are no requirements for power supply sequencing.
When held in reset, all device outputs are driven to a high-impedance state.
Nominal Level
95% of Nominal Level
Supply Voltage
treset
treset
Reset
Reset
RESET_TRST
Figure 4-54: Reset Pulse
4.25 Standby Mode
The STANDBY pin reduces power to a minimum by disabling all circuits except for the
register configuration. Upon removal of the signal to the STANDBY pin, the device
returns to its previous operating condition within 1 second, without requiring input
from the host interface.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
141 of 148
5. Application Reference Design
5.1 High Gain Adaptive Cable Equalizers
The GS2971 has an integrated adaptive cable equalizer. In order to extend the cable
length that an equalizer will remain operational at, it is necessary for the equalizer to
have high gain.
A video cable equalizer must provide wide band gain over a range of frequencies in
order to accommodate the range of data rates and signal patterns that are present in a
SMPTE compliant serial video stream.
Small levels of signal or noise present at the input pins of the GS2971 may cause chatter
at the output. In order to prevent this from happening, particular attention must be paid
to board layout.
5.2 PCB Layout
Special attention must be paid to component layout when designing Serial Digital
Interfaces for HDTV. An FR-4 dielectric can be used, however, controlled impedance
transmission lines are required for PCB traces longer than approximately 1cm. Note the
following PCB artwork features used to optimize performance:
•
PCB trace width for 3Gb/s rate signals is closely matched to SMT component width
to minimize reflections due to change in trace impedance.
•
The PCB ground plane is removed under the GS2971 input components to minimize
parasitic capacitance.
•
High speed traces are curved to minimize impedance changes.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
142 of 148
5.3 Typical Application Circuit
Power Decoupling
+1.2V
10n
+1.2V_A
10n
10n
10n
10n
10n
10n
Power Filtering
A_GND
IO_VDD
+3.3V_A
10n
10n
10n
10n
+1.2V_A
0R
0R
10n
10n
+1.2V
CD_VDD
+3.3V
10n
1u
1u
10n
10n
1u
1u
10n
10n
Place close to GS2971
A_GND
A_GND
+1.2V_A
A_GND
IO_VDD
+3.3V_A
0R
Place close to GS2971
R7
105R
10n
1u
C18
33u
1u
1u
10n
0R
A_GND
A7
D10
G10
K7
H1
D6
E6
F6
G6
B1
A_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
B5
A6
A5
22R
22R
22R
A8
22R
DOUT 19
DOUT 18
DOUT 17
DOUT 16
DOUT 15
DOUT 14
DOUT 13
DOUT 12
DOUT 11
DOUT 10
B8
A9
A10
B9
B10
C9
C10
C8
E10
E9
22R
22R
22R
22R
22R
22R
22R
22R
22R
22R
DOUT 9
DOUT 8
DOUT 7
DOUT 6
DOUT 5
DOUT 4
DOUT 3
DOUT 2
DOUT 1
DOUT 0
F10
F9
H10
H9
J10
J9
K10
K9
J8
K8
22R
22R
22R
22R
22R
22R
22R
22R
22R
22R
STAT2
STAT1
STAT0
1u
PCLK
47n
DOUT[19:0]
RSV
H6
XTAL_OUT
J6
XTAL2
K6
XTAL1
G7
G8
H5
D7
H3
H8
H7
G3
D8
K2
C7
J2
SMPTE_BY PASS
DVB_ASI
TIM_861
SW_EN
AUDIO_EN/DIS
IOPROC_EN/DIS
20BIT/10BIT
RC_BY P
JTAG/HOST
STANDBY
RESET_TRST
SDO_EN/DIS
E7
E8
F8
F7
SDOUT_TDO
SDIN_TDI
SCLK_TCK
CS_TMS
A_GND
CS10-27.000M
STAT3
STAT4
STAT5
B6
C5
C6
AMCLK
ACLK
WCLK
K4
J4
H4
AOUT_1/2
AOUT_3/4
J3
K3
AOUT_5/6
AOUT_7/8
J5
K5
GS2971-IBE3
CD_DISABLEb
AUDIO OUTPUT CH 5 & 6
AUDIO OUTPUT CH 7 & 8
RSV
75-ohm Traces
AGCN
4
A_GND
14
13
NC
SDO
SDI
GS2978-CNE3 SDO
VEE
SD/HD
RSET
750R
VCC
12
10
A_GND
A_GND
11
10n
75R
UCBBJE20-1
5n6
9
TAB
IO_GND
IO_GND
IO_GND
IO_GND
3
SDI
NC
1
2
CD_VDD
15
16
49R9
8
10n
A_GND
49R9
B7
D9
G9
J7
37R4
G4
D5
E5
F5
G5
75R
B4
D4
E4
F4
A_GND
VCO_GND
PLL_GND
PLL_GND
PLL_GND
1u
K1
J1
75R
CD_VDD
75R
1
4u7
75R
17
SDO
CORE_GND
CORE_GND
CORE_GND
CORE_GND
CORE_GND
SDO
SDI
BUF_GND
SDI_GND
SDI
H2
E2
D1
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
C1
75R
4u7
NC
1u
G2
C2
D2
D3
E3
F3
3
2
SDI Input
6n2
UCBBJE20-1
1
CD SLEW RATE SELECT
A_GND
CD_VDD
CD_DISABLEb
10n
A_GND
A_GND
2
3
Close to
pin 1 & 2
of GS2978
A_GND
A_GND
SDI Loop-Through Output
AGCP
470n
RSVD
G1
AUDIO OUTPUT CH 1 & 2
AUDIO OUTPUT CH 3 & 4
7
F1
470n
AUDIO MASTER CLOCK
AUDIO SERIAL BIT CLOCK
AUDIO WORD CLOCK
NC
F2
22R
22R
22R
NC
SDOUT_TDO
SDIN_TDI
SCLK_TCK
CS_TMS
LOCKED (DEFAULT, PROGRAMMABLE)
Y /1ANC (DEFAULT, PROGRAMMABLE)
DATA_ERRORb (DEFAULT, PROGRAMMABLE)
DISABLE
SMPTE_BY PASS
DVB_ASI
TIM_861
SW_EN
AUDIO_EN/DIS
IOPROC_EN/DIS
20BIT/10BIT
RC_BY P
JTAG/HOST
STANDBY
RESET_TRST
SDO_EN/DIS
NC
Host Interface & Control
16p
5
TP
Audio Data
and Clock
Output
B3
16p
PCLK
DOUT[19:0]
LF
6
A2
F/DE (DEFAULT, PROGRAMMABLE)
V/VSY NC (DEFAULT, PROGRAMMABLE)
H/HSY NC (DEFAULT, PROGRAMMABLE)
Video Data, Clock & Timing Output
VBG
BUF_VDD
LB_CONT
A1
IO_VDD
+1.2V
CORE_VDD
CORE_VDD
CORE_VDD
CORE_VDD
A3
EQ_VDD
R19
DNP
DNP
B2
C3
C4
A4
VCO_VDD
+3.3V_A
PLL_VDD
PLL_VDD
PLL_VDD
Place close to GS2971
+3.3V_A
E1
+1.2V_A
A_GND
Notes:
1. DNP (Do Not Populate).
2. The value of the series resistors on video data, clock, and timing
connections should be determined by board signal integrity test.
3. For analog power and ground isolation refer to PCB layout guide.
4. For critital 3G signal layout refer to PCB layout guide.
5. For impedance controlled signal layout refer to PCB layout guide.
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
143 of 148
6. References & Relevant Standards
SMPTE 125M
Component video signal 4:2:2 – bit parallel interface
SMPTE 259M
10-bit 4:2:2 Component and 4fsc Composite Digital Signals - Serial Digital
Interface
SMPTE 260M
1125 / 60 high definition production system – digital representation and
bit parallel interface
SMPTE 267M
Bit parallel digital interface – component video signal 4:2:2 16 x 9 aspect
ratio
SMPTE 272M
Formatting AES/EBU Audio and Auxiliary Data into Digital Video Ancillary
Data Space
SMPTE 274M
1920 x 1080 scanning analog and parallel digital interfaces for multiple
picture rates
SMPTE 291M
Ancillary Data Packet and Space Formatting
SMPTE 292M
Bit-Serial Digital Interface for High-Definition Television Systems
SMPTE 293M
720 x 483 active line at 59.94Hz progressive scan production – digital
representation
SMPTE 296M
1280 x 720 scanning, analog and digital representation and analog
interface
SMPTE 299M
24-Bit Digital Audio Format for HDTV Bit-Serial Interface
SMPTE 305M
Serial Data Transport Interface
SMPTE 348M
High Data-Rate Serial Data Transport Interface (HD-SDTI)
SMPTE 352M
Video Payload Identification for Digital Television Interfaces
SMPTE 372M
Dual Link 292M Interface for 1920 x 1080 Picture Raster
SMPTE 424M
Television - 3Gb/s Signal/Data Serial Interface
SMPTE 425M
Television - 3Gb/s Signal/Data Serial Interface - Source Image Format
Mapping
SMPTE RP165
Error Detection Checkwords and Status Flags for Use in Bit-Serial Digital
Interfaces for Television
SMPTE RP168
Definition of Vertical Interval Switching Point for Synchronous Video
Switching
CEA 861
Video Timing Requirements
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
144 of 148
7. Package & Ordering Information
7.1 Package Dimensions
BOTTOM VIEW
TOP VIEW
Φ0.10
C
Φ0.25
C A B
Φ0.40~0.60(100X)
PIN 1 CORNER
1 2 3 4
5
6 7
8 9 10
PIN 1 CORNER
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A
A
B
C
C
1.00
B
E
E
F
G
G
H
H
J
J
K
K
1.00
0.70±0.05
B
0.15
0.25 C
F
D
9.00
11±0.10
D
9.00
11±0.10
A
0.20(4X)
Substrate Thickness:
Ball Pitch:
0.366
1.00
Ball Diameter:
Mold Thickness:
0.70
1.700 REF.
SEATING PLANE
0.30~0.50
(0.366)
0.50
C
PACKAGE OUTLINE
100L LBGA
PACKAGE SIZE: 11 x 11 x 1.71mm
*THE BALL DIAMETER, BALL PITCH, STAND-OFF & PACKAGE THICKNESS
ARE DIFFERENT FROM JEDEC SPEC M0192 (LOW PROFILE BGA FAMILY)
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
145 of 148
7.2 Packaging Data
Table 7-1: Packaging Data
Parameter
Value
Package Type
11mm x 11mm 100-ball LBGA
Package Drawing
Reference
JEDEC M0192 (with exceptions noted in Package Dimensions on
page 145).
Moisture Sensitivity Level
3
Junction to Case Thermal
Resistance, θj-c
15.4°C/W
Junction to Air Thermal
Resistance, θj-a (at zero
airflow)
37.1°C/W
Junction to Board
Thermal Resistance, θj-b
26.4°C/W
Psi, ψ
0.4°C/W
Pb-free and RoHS
Compliant
Yes
7.3 Marking Diagram
Pin 1 ID
GS2971
XXXXE3
YYWW
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
XXXX - Last 4 digits (excluding decimal)
of SAP Batch Assembly (FIN) as listed
on Packing Slip.
E3 - Pb-free & Green indicator
YYWW - Date Code
146 of 148
7.4 Solder Reflow Profiles
The GS2971 is available in a Pb-free package. It is recommended that the Pb-free
package be soldered with Pb-free paste using the reflow profile shown in Figure 7-55.
Temperature
60-150 sec.
20-40 sec.
260°C
250°C
3°C/sec max
217°C
6°C/sec max
200°C
150°C
25°C
Time
60-180 sec. max
8 min. max
Figure 7-55: Pb-free Solder Reflow Profile
7.5 Ordering Information
Part Number
Package
Pb-free
Temperature Range
GS2971-IBE3
100-ball BGA
Yes
-20°C to 85°C
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
147 of 148
DOCUMENT IDENTIFICATION
CAUTION
DATA SHEET
ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE DEVICES
Information relating to this product and the application or design described
herein is believed to be reliable, however such information is provided as a
guide only and Semtech assumes no liability for any errors in this document, or
for the application or design described herein. Semtech reserves the right to
make changes to the product or this document at any time without notice.
DO NOT OPEN PACKAGES OR HANDLE EXCEPT AT A
STATIC-FREE WORKSTATION
© Semtech 2012
All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the prior written consent of the copyright
owner. The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or contract, is believed to be
accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice. No liability will be accepted by the publisher for any
consequence of its use. Publication thereof does not convey nor imply any license under patent or other industrial or
intellectual property rights. Semtech assumes no responsibility or liability whatsoever for any failure or unexpected
operation resulting from misuse, neglect improper installation, repair or improper handling or unusual physical or
electrical stress including, but not limited to, exposure to parameters beyond the specified maximum ratings or
operation outside the specified range.
SEMTECH PRODUCTS ARE NOT DESIGNED, INTENDED, AUTHORIZED OR WARRANTED TO BE SUITABLE FOR USE IN
LIFE-SUPPORT APPLICATIONS, DEVICES OR SYSTEMS OR OTHER CRITICAL APPLICATIONS. INCLUSION OF SEMTECH
PRODUCTS IN SUCH APPLICATIONS IS UNDERSTOOD TO BE UNDERTAKEN SOLELY AT THE CUSTOMER’S OWN RISK.
Should a customer purchase or use Semtech products for any such unauthorized application, the customer shall
indemnify and hold Semtech and its officers, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, and distributors harmless against all
claims, costs damages and attorney fees which could arise.
Notice: All referenced brands, product names, service names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Contact Information
Semtech Corporation
Gennum Products Division
200 Flynn Road, Camarillo, CA 93012
Phone: (805) 498-2111, Fax: (805) 498-3804
www.semtech.com
GS2971 3Gb/s, HD, SD SDI Receiver
Data Sheet
45898 - 2
September 2012
148 of 148
148
Similar pages